Summit® Family Switches

Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X150 Series

Summit X250e Series

Summit X350 Series

Summit X450 Series

Summit X450a Series

Summit X450e Series

Summit X480 Series

Summit X650 Series

Extreme Networks, Inc.

3585 Monroe Street
Santa Clara, California 95051
(888) 257-3000
(408) 579-2800
http://www.extremenetworks.com

Published: March 2010

Part Number: 100286-00 Rev. 08
 AccessAdapt, Alpine, Altitude, BlackDiamond, EPICenter, ExtremeWorks Essentials, Ethernet Everywhere, Extreme
Enabled, Extreme Ethernet Everywhere, Extreme Networks, Extreme Standby Router Protocol, Extreme Turbodrive,
Extreme Velocity, ExtremeWare, ExtremeWorks, ExtremeXOS, Go Purple Extreme Solution, ExtremeXOS ScreenPlay,
ReachNXT, Sentriant, ServiceWatch, Summit, SummitStack, Triumph, Unified Access Architecture, Unified Access
RF Manager, UniStack, the Extreme Networks logo, the Alpine logo, the BlackDiamond logo, the Extreme
Turbodrive logo, the Summit logos, and the Powered by ExtremeXOS logo are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Extreme Networks, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.
sFlow is a registered trademark of InMon Corporation.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
All other registered trademarks, trademarks, and service marks are property of their respective owners.
© 2007 – 2010 Extreme Networks, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
For safety compliance information, see Appendix A, “Safety Information.”

2 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Contents

Preface........................................................................................................................................... 9
Conventions................................................................................................................................9
Related Publications .................................................................................................................10

Part 1: About the Summit Family Switches

Chapter 1: Summit Family Switches................................................................................................ 13
Overview of the Summit Switches ...............................................................................................13
Combination Ports and Failover ............................................................................................16
Summit X150 Series Switches ...................................................................................................17
Summit X150-24t Switch ....................................................................................................18
Summit X150-24p Switch ...................................................................................................19
Summit X150-48t Switch ....................................................................................................20
Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs ........................................................................................21
Summit X250e Series Switches..................................................................................................22
Summit X250e-24t Switch ..................................................................................................23
Summit X250e-24tDC Switch ..............................................................................................24
Summit X250e-24p Switch..................................................................................................25
Summit X250e-24x Switch ..................................................................................................26
Summit X250e-24xDC Switch ..............................................................................................28
Summit X250e-48t Switch ..................................................................................................29
Summit X250e-48tDC Switch ..............................................................................................30
Summit X250e-48p Switch..................................................................................................32
Summit X250e-48p Power Supplies .....................................................................................33
Internal Power Supply....................................................................................................33
External Power Supplies.................................................................................................33
Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs ......................................................................................34
Summit X350 Series Switches ...................................................................................................36
Summit X350-24t Switch ....................................................................................................37
Summit X350-48t Switch ....................................................................................................38
Summit X350 Series Switch LEDs ........................................................................................40
Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches ......................................................................41
Summit X450 Series Switches .............................................................................................42
Summit X450-24t Switch ..............................................................................................42
Summit X450-24x Switch ..............................................................................................43
Summit X450a Series Switches............................................................................................45
Summit X450a-24t Switch.............................................................................................45
Summit X450a-24tDC Switch ........................................................................................47
Summit X450a-24x Switch ............................................................................................48
Summit X450a-24xDC Switch ........................................................................................50
Summit X450a-48t Switch.............................................................................................51
Summit X450a-48tDC Switch ........................................................................................52
Summit X450e Series Switches............................................................................................54
Summit X450e-24p Switch ............................................................................................54
Summit X450e-48p Switch ............................................................................................56

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 3

 Contents

Summit X450e-48p Power Supplies................................................................................57

Internal Power Supply..............................................................................................57
External Power Supplies...........................................................................................57
Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switch LEDs ...........................................................58
Summit X480 Series Switches ...................................................................................................60
Summit X480-24x Switch....................................................................................................61
Summit X480-48x Switch....................................................................................................62
Summit X480-48t Switch ....................................................................................................63
VIM2-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module.......................................................................64
VIM2-10G4X Versatile Interface Module................................................................................64
VIM2-SummitStack128 Versatile Interface Module ................................................................65
Summit X480 Series Switch LEDs ........................................................................................66
Summit X650 Series Switches ...................................................................................................67
Summit X650-24t Switch ....................................................................................................68
Summit X650-24x Switch....................................................................................................69
VIM1-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module.......................................................................70
VIM1-10G8X Versatile Interface Module................................................................................70
VIM1-SummitStack512 Versatile Interface Module ................................................................71
VIM1-SummitStack256 Versatile Interface Module ................................................................71
Summit X650 Series Switch LEDs ........................................................................................72

Chapter 2: Summit Power Supplies................................................................................................. 73

Overview ..................................................................................................................................73
EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T) .............................................................................75
EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit............................................................................................75
EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit..........................................................................................76
EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2).......................................................................76
EPS-600LS External Power Module ............................................................................................77
PoE Redundant Power Configurations....................................................................................77
Single 600-LS Module Configuration: Redundant PoE Power.............................................77
Dual 600-LS Module Configuration: Full Power ................................................................78
Triple 600-LS Module Configuration: Full Redundant Power..............................................78
Internal-to-External PSU Transfer ...................................................................................78
Internal PSU Failure with Single EPS-600LS Module .................................................78
Two or Three EPS-600LS Modules ............................................................................78
External-to-Internal PSU Transfer ...................................................................................78
Active Internal PSU with Single 600-LS Module Failure..............................................78
Inactive Internal PSU with a Dual EPS-600LS Configuration and Module Failure...........78
Disconnecting the EPS-C/EPS-600LS........................................................................79
Summit X480 Power Supplies ....................................................................................................79
Summit X650 Power Supplies ....................................................................................................80

Part 2: Installing the Hardware

Chapter 3: Site Preparation............................................................................................................ 83
Planning Your Site ....................................................................................................................83
Meeting Site Requirements ........................................................................................................84
Operating Environment Requirements ...................................................................................84
Building and Electrical Codes.........................................................................................84
Wiring Closet Considerations ..........................................................................................85

4 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Contents

Temperature .................................................................................................................85
Humidity ......................................................................................................................86
Spacing Requirements and Airflow..................................................................................86
Electrostatic Discharge ..................................................................................................86
Rack Specifications and Recommendations ...........................................................................86
Mechanical Recommendations for the Rack .....................................................................87
Protective Grounding for the Rack...................................................................................87
Space Requirements for the Rack ...................................................................................87
Securing the Rack .........................................................................................................88
Evaluating and Meeting Cable Requirements ...............................................................................88
Cabling Standards ...............................................................................................................88
Cable Labeling and Record Keeping ......................................................................................89
Installing Cable...................................................................................................................89
Fiber Optic Cable ..........................................................................................................90
Cable Distances ............................................................................................................91
RJ-45 Connector Jackets .....................................................................................................92
Radio Frequency Interference...............................................................................................92
Meeting Power Requirements .....................................................................................................93
PoE Devices .......................................................................................................................93
Power Supply Requirements.................................................................................................93
AC Power Cables .................................................................................................................93
Uninterruptible Power Supply Requirements ..........................................................................94
Selecting a UPS ............................................................................................................94
Calculating Volt-Amperage Requirements.........................................................................94
UPS Transition Time .....................................................................................................95
DC Power Requirements ......................................................................................................95
Applicable Industry Standards....................................................................................................95

Chapter 4: Building a SummitStack Configuration ........................................................................... 97

Stacking Summit Family Switches ..............................................................................................97
Slot Numbers .....................................................................................................................98
About Redundancy ..............................................................................................................98
Stacking Cables ........................................................................................................................99
Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation..............................................................100
Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring .......................................................................101
Using SummitStack Ports and 40G Stacking Cables .............................................................101
Single-Rack Stacking Configurations .............................................................................101
Multiple-Rack Stacking Configurations ..........................................................................104
Combining Different Types of Stacking Ports........................................................................105
Using the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module...........................................................................107
Connecting Stacking Cables .....................................................................................................108
Connecting a SummitStack 40G Cable to a Stacking Port .....................................................108
Connecting a SummitStack 128G Cable ..............................................................................109
Connecting a SummitStack 128G/20G Stacking Cable .........................................................111
Connecting a SummitStack 128G/64G Stacking Cable .........................................................113
Connecting a SummitStack 64G Stacking Cable ..................................................................115
Connecting a SummitStack 64G/20G Stacking Cable ...........................................................117
Connecting Console Ports for a Stack ........................................................................................118
Management Port Cabling ........................................................................................................118
Stacking Port LEDs .................................................................................................................118

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 5

 Contents

Chapter 5: Installing Summit Family Switches............................................................................... 119

Safety Information ..................................................................................................................119
Installing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit X480 and X650 Series) ................120
Rack-Mounting a Summit Switch (Models Other than Summit X480 and X650 Series) ............120
Free-Standing and Desktop Mounting of Multiple Switches ...................................................122
Removing an AC-Powered Summit Switch from a Rack (Models Other than Summit X650 Series)...
122
Installing and Removing Summit DC-Powered Switches ........................................................122
Connecting the Internal DC Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage .................................123
Grounding a Summit DC-Powered Switch.......................................................................123
Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage ...........................................125
Attaching the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the Switch ...........................126
Removing a Summit DC-Powered Switch from a Rack ...........................................................126
Installing a Summit X480 Series Switch....................................................................................127
Pre-installation Requirements.............................................................................................127
Selecting Rear Mounting Brackets ......................................................................................128
Mid-Mounting the Switch in a Two-Post Rack ......................................................................128
Front-Mounting the Switch in a Two-Post Rack ....................................................................131
Installing the Switch in a Four-Post Rack ............................................................................132
Installing Summit X480 Power Supplies....................................................................................134
AC Power Supply Cords......................................................................................................134
Installing a Summit X480 AC PSU......................................................................................135
Installing a Summit X480 DC Power Supply ........................................................................136
Required Tools and Materials .......................................................................................137
Preparing the Cables ...................................................................................................137
Installing the Power Supply ..........................................................................................138
Connecting the Ground Wire.........................................................................................139
Connecting the PSU to the DC Source Voltage................................................................141
Removing a Summit X480 Series Switch...................................................................................143
Removing the Power Supplies.............................................................................................143
Removing a Summit X480 AC Power Supply ..................................................................144
Removing a Summit X480 DC Power Supply..................................................................144
Removing a Mid-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack .......................................................145
Removing a Front-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack .....................................................147
Removing a Switch from a Four-Post Rack...........................................................................148
Installing a Summit X650 Series Switch....................................................................................149
Pre-installation Requirements.............................................................................................150
Selecting Rear Mounting Brackets ......................................................................................150
Installing the Switch in a Two-Post Rack .............................................................................150
Installing the Switch in a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack.............................................................154
Installing Summit X650 Power Supplies....................................................................................156
AC Power Supply Cords......................................................................................................156
Installing a Summit X650 AC Power Supply.........................................................................157
Installing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply ........................................................................158
Required Tools and Materials .......................................................................................159
Preparing the Cables ...................................................................................................159
Installing the Power Supply ..........................................................................................160
Connecting the Ground Cable .......................................................................................161
Connecting the PSU to the DC Source Voltage................................................................162
Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch...................................................................................164
Removing the Power Supplies.............................................................................................164

6 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Contents

Removing a Summit X650 AC Power Supply’ .................................................................165

Removing a DC Power Supply .......................................................................................165
Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Two-Post Rack.............................................166
Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack ............................168
Connecting Network Interface Cables ........................................................................................169
Initial Management Access ......................................................................................................170
Connecting Equipment to the Console Port ..........................................................................170
Logging In for the First Time ..............................................................................................171

Chapter 6: Installing Summit External Power Supplies................................................................... 173

Safety ....................................................................................................................................173
Pre-installation Requirements ..................................................................................................174
Installing an EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T) ........................................................174
Rack-Mounting the EPS-T ..................................................................................................175
Installing an EPS-160 Power Supply into an EPS-T ..............................................................175
Connecting the EPS-160 Power Supply to the Switch ...........................................................176
Removing an EPS-160 Power Supply from an EPS-T ............................................................177
Installing an EPS-LD External Power Supply ..............................................................................177
Rack-mounting the EPS-LD Power Supply ...........................................................................178
Connecting the EPS-LD to the Switch .................................................................................179
Connecting the EPS-LD to Power ........................................................................................180
Removing an EPS-LD ........................................................................................................180
Installing an EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit .....................................................................180
Rack-mounting an EPS-500 Power Supply ..........................................................................181
Connecting the EPS-500 Power Supply ...............................................................................182
Removing an EPS-500 Power Supply ..................................................................................183
Installing an EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2) ..................................................183
Rack-mounting the EPS-T2 ................................................................................................184
Installing an EPS-150DC Power Supply...............................................................................185
Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage ...........................................185
Installing an EPS-150DC Unit into an EPS-T2 ...............................................................186
Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the EPS-150DC.................186
Connecting the EPS-150DC to a Switch ........................................................................187
Removing an EPS-150DC Power Module .............................................................................188
Installing an EPS-600LS External Power Module .......................................................................189
Installing an EPS-C Chassis ...............................................................................................190
Installing an EPS-600LS Power Supply ...............................................................................191
Removing an EPS-600LS Power Module..............................................................................193

Chapter 7: Summit Option Cards................................................................................................... 195

Overview ................................................................................................................................195
Safety Information ..................................................................................................................196
Summit XGM-2xn Option Card..................................................................................................196
Mixing ZR XENPAKs with Other Types.................................................................................197
Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card................................................................................................197
Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card ................................................................................................198
Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card ................................................................................................199
Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card ................................................................................................199
Installing a Summit Port Option Card ........................................................................................200

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 7

 Contents

Chapter 8: Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and Summit X480 Series Switches .............. 203
Replacing a Summit X650 AC PSU...........................................................................................203
Replacing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply .............................................................................205
Removing the PSU ............................................................................................................205
Installing the Replacement PSU .........................................................................................206
Connecting the Ground Wire...............................................................................................206
Connecting the DC Power Cables ........................................................................................207
Replacing a Summit X480/X650 Fan Module ............................................................................210
Replacing a Versatile Interface Module (VIM).............................................................................211

Part 3: Appendices
Appendix A: Safety Information .................................................................................................... 215
Considerations Before Installing ...............................................................................................215
Installing External Power Supply Units ......................................................................................216
Maintenance Safety.................................................................................................................217
General Safety Precautions ......................................................................................................217
Cable Routing for LAN Systems ................................................................................................217
PoE Devices .....................................................................................................................218
Selecting Power Supply Cords ..................................................................................................218
Battery Replacement and Disposal............................................................................................219
Fiber Optic Ports—Optical Safety .............................................................................................219
SFP (Mini-GBIC), XENPAK, and XFP Regulatory Compliance .................................................220

Appendix B: Technical Specifications .......................................................................................... 227

Summit X150 Series Switches .................................................................................................227
Summit X250e Series Switches................................................................................................231
Summit X350 Series Switches .................................................................................................237
Summit X450 Series Switches .................................................................................................240
Summit X450a Series Switches................................................................................................242
Summit X450e Series Switches................................................................................................246
Summit X480 Series Switches .................................................................................................249
Summit X480 Power Supplies ..................................................................................................253
Summit X650 Series Switches .................................................................................................255
Summit X650 Power Supplies ..................................................................................................260
Summit External Power Supplies ..............................................................................................261
Console Connector Pinouts.......................................................................................................266

Index .......................................................................................................................................... 269

8 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Preface

This guide provides the instructions and supporting information needed to install the following
Extreme Networks® Summit® switches:
● Summit X150 series switches
● Summit X250e series switches
● Summit X350 series switches
● Summit X450 series switches
● Summit X450a series switches
● Summit X450e series switches
● Summit X480 series switches
● Summit X650 series switches

The guide includes information about site preparation, switch functionality, and switch operation.

NOTE
The Summit X150 series switches, Summit X250e series switches, Summit X350 series switches, Summit X450
series switches, Summit X450e series switches, and Summit X450a series switches are called the Summit family
switches when referred to collectively.

This guide is intended for use by network administrators responsible for installing and setting up
network equipment. It assumes a basic working knowledge of:
● Local area networks (LANs)
● Ethernet concepts
● Ethernet switching and bridging concepts
● Routing concepts
● Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
● Basic equipment installation procedures

See the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide and the Extre me XOS Co mma nd Re fe re nce Guide for information about
configuring Extreme Networks Summit family switches.

NOTE
If the information in the installation note or release note shipped with your Extreme Networks switch differs from the
information in this guide, follow the installation or release note.

Conventions
Table 1 and Table 2 list conventions used throughout this guide.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 9

 Preface

Table 1: Notice Icons

Icon Notice Type Alerts you to...
Note Important features or instructions.

Caution Risk of personal injury, system damage, or loss of data.

Warning Risk of severe personal injury.

Table 2: Text Conventions

Convention Description
Screen displays This typeface represents information as it appears on the screen, or command
syntax.
Words in italicized type Italics emphasize a point of information or denote new terms at the place where
they are defined in the text. Book titles are printed in italics.

Related Publications
The Extreme Networks ExtremeXOS® switch documentation set includes:
● Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide
● Extre me XOS Co mma nd Re fe re nce Guide
● Extre me XOS Re le a s e No te s
● Bla ckDia mo nd ® 20800 S e rie s S witche s Ha rdwa re Ins ta lla tio n Guide
● Bla ckDia mo nd 10808 S witch Ha rdwa re Ins ta lla tio n Guide
● Bla ckDia mo nd 12800 S e rie s S witche s Ha rdwa re Ins ta lla tio n Guide
● Bla ckDia mo nd 8800 S e rie s S witche s Ha rdwa re Ins ta lla tio n Guide
● Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide

Documentation for Extreme Networks products is available from the Extreme Networks website at the
following location:
http://www.extremenetworks.com/go/documentation

You can select and download the following Extreme Networks documentation from the Documentation
Overview page:
● Software User Guides
● Hardware Installation Guides

You can find archived user guides for software at:

http://www.extremenetworks.com/services/documentation/swuserguides.asp

You can also find archived installation guides for hardware at:
http://www.extremenetworks.com/services/documentation/hwuserguides.asp

10 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

1 About the Summit Family Switches
1 Summit Family Switches

This chapter describes the Summit family switches and includes the following sections:
● Overview of the Summit Switches on page 13
● Summit X150 Series Switches on page 17
● Summit X250e Series Switches on page 22
● Summit X350 Series Switches on page 36
● Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches on page 41
● Summit X480 Series Switches on page 60
● Summit X650 Series Switches on page 67

Overview of the Summit Switches

The Summit family switches are compact enclosures 1.75 inches high (1 U). They provide 24 or 48
high-density copper or fiber optic ports operating at speeds up to 10 Gbps, with combination
copper/fiber uplink ports. PoE connections and options for adding 10-Gbps or 100 Gbps uplink
connections are available on some models. Many Summit switches include high-speed stacking
interfaces that allow you to connect up to eight Summit switches into a single SummitStack™
management entity. Summit models are available for AC or DC power connection; all Summit switches
make provision for redundant power supplies. Most models have connections for optional external
redundant power supplies; the Summit X480 series and X650 series switches provide two bays for
pluggable power supplies.

Most Summit models are available in versions that are compliant with the Trade Agreements Act (TAA);
these versions are identified by a -TAA suffix on the model number. Functionally, the TAA-compliant
models are completely equivalent to the matching versions that are not TAA-compliant. In all feature
descriptions, references to a specific Summit switch model also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant
model.

Table 3 and Table 4 on page 14 and Table 5 on page 15 list the Summit switch series and summarize the
features available in each series.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 13

 Summit Family Switches

Table 3: Summit Switch Features—Summit X150, X250e, and 350 Series

Summit X150 Summit X250e
Feature Series Series Summit 350 Series
Maximum autonegotiating 26 or 50 26 or 50 —
10/100BASE-TX ports
Maximum autonegotiating 2 24 or 48 24 or 48
10/100/1000-BASE-TX ports
Maximum 1-Gbps Ethernet ports 2 2 4
(SFP)
Maximum 10-Gbps Ethernet ports — 2 2
SummitStack support No Yes No
Total switching capacity 8.8 to 17.6 Gbps 48.8 to 97.6 Gbps 128 to 256 Gbps
Redundant power Yes (external) Yes (external) Yes (external)
DC power available No Yes Yes
Power over Ethernet (802.3af) Yes Yes No

Table 4: Summit Switch Features—Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series

Summit X450 Summit X450a Summit X450e
Feature Series Series Series
Maximum autonegotiating — — —
10/100BASE-TX ports
Maximum autonegotiating 24 or 48 24 or 48 24 or 48
10/100/1000-BASE-TX ports
Maximum 1-Gbps Ethernet ports 4 4 4
(SFP)
Maximum 10-Gbps Ethernet ports 2 2 2
(XFP, XENPAK, SFP+)
SummitStack support Yes Yes Yes
Total switching capacity 128 to 256 Gbps 128 to 256 Gbps 128 to 256 Gbps
Redundant power Yes (external) Yes (external) Yes (external)
DC power available No Yes No
Power over Ethernet (802.3af) Yes Yes Yes

14 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 5: Summit Switch Features—Summit X480 and X650 Series
Feature Summit X480 Series Summit X650 Series
Maximum autonegotiating — —
10/100BASE-TX ports
Maximum autonegotiating 48 —
10/100/1000-BASE-TX ports
Maximum 1-Gbps Ethernet ports 24 or 48 4
(SFP)
Maximum 10-Gbps Ethernet ports 4 (with VIM2-10G4X) 24 (default)
(XFP, XENPAK, SFP+) 32 (with VIM1-10G8X)
SummitStack support Yes Yes
Total switching capacity 224 to 448 Gbps 488 to 680 Gbps
(with VIM2-10G4X)
Redundant power Yes (hot-swappable) Yes (hot-swappable)
DC power available Yes Yes
Power over Ethernet (802.3af) No No

Model numbers for the Summit switches are in the following format:
<Series>-<number of front-panel I/O ports><port type><power supply type>
● The number of ports can be 24 or 48.
● The port type can be t (copper), p (copper providing Power of Ethernet), or x (fiber).
● The power supply type can be AC (no designation) or DC.

For example, the Summit X350-24t switch is in the X350 series, provides 24 copper I/O ports, and has
an AC power supply. The Summit X450a-24xDC switch is in the X450a series, provides 24 fiber I/O
ports, and has a DC power supply.

Table 6 on page 16 lists the available switch models in each series.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 15

 Summit Family Switches

Table 6: Summit Family Switches

Series Available Models
Summit Summit Summit Summit
X150 X150-24t X150-24p X150-48t
Summit Summit Summit Summit Summit
X250e-24t X250e-24p X250e-24x X250e-48t X250e-48p
Summit Summit Summit
X250e X250e-24tDC X250e-24xDC
Summit Summit Summit
X350 X350-24t X350-48t

Summit Summit Summit

X450 X450-24t* X450-24x*
Summit Summit Summit
X450a-24t X450a-24x X450a-48t
Summit Summit Summit
X450a X450a-24tDC X450a-48tDC
Summit Summit Summit
X450e X450e-24p X450e-48p

Summit Summit Summit Summit

X480 X480-24x* X480-48t* X480-48x*

Summit Summit Summit

X650 X650-24t** X650-24x**
*These Summit switch models are not available in TAA versions.
**These Summit switch models do not have separate TAA and non-TAA versions; all Summit X650 series
models are TAA-compliant.

Refer to the following sections for specific hardware details about each Summit series:
● Summit X150 Series Switches on page 17
● Summit X250e Series Switches on page 22
● Summit X350 Series Switches on page 36
● Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches on page 41
● Summit X480 Series Switches on page 60
● Summit X650 Series Switches on page 67

NOTE
See the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide and the ExtremeXOS Command Reference Guide for feature-specific
information about the Summit switches and for information regarding switch configuration.

Combination Ports and Failover

Summit family switches provide two, four, or twelve uplink ports implemented as combination ports
that pair a copper port using RJ-45 connectors with an optical port using LC connectors. The copper
port operates as an autonegotiating 10/100/1000BASE-T port. The optical port allows Gigabit Ethernet
uplink connections through Extreme Networks small form factor pluggable (SFP) interface modules. See
the individual switch descriptions for the port numbers of the combination ports on each switch model.

Summit family switches support automatic failover from an active fiber port to a copper backup or
from an active copper port to a fiber port. If one of the uplink connections fails, the Summit uplink

16 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

connection automatically fails over to the second connection. To set up a redundant link on a
combination port, connect the active 1000BASE-T and fiber links to both the RJ-45 and SFP interfaces
of that port.

Gigabit Ethernet uplink redundancy on the Summit family switches follows these rules:
● With both the SFP and 1000BASE-T interfaces connected on a combination port, only one interface
can be activated. The other is inactive.
● If only one interface is connected, the switch activates the connected interface.
● The switch determines whether the port uses the fiber or copper connection based on the order in
which the connectors are inserted into the switch. When the switch senses that an SFP and a copper
connector are inserted, the switch enables the uplink redundancy feature. For example, if you first
connect copper ports 25 and 26 on a Summit X250e-24t switch, and then insert SFPs into ports 25
and 26, the switch assigns the copper ports as active ports and the fiber ports as redundant ports.

Hardware determines when a link is lost and swaps the primary and redundant ports to maintain
stability. After a failover occurs, the switch keeps the current port assignment until another failure
occurs or a user changes the assignment using the CLI. For more information about configuring
automatic failover on combination ports, see the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide .

Summit X150 Series Switches

The Summit X150 series switches provide 24 or 48 fixed 10/100BASE-T Ethernet ports that deliver
high-density copper connectivity for 2.4 Gbps or 4.8 Gbps. Models are available with PoE and without
PoE. Each Summit X150 series switch has two combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or
SFP connectivity for 2 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. A serial console port on the front panel
allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. On the back of the switch, an Ethernet
management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for
administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to
view and locally manage the switch configurations.

The rear panel of the switch provides an AC power input socket and a redundant power connector. The
internal power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC. The switch automatically adjusts to the
supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the switch to the EPS-160 or
EPS-500 external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with the Summit
X150 series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing.
If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

The Summit X150e series switches include the following switches:

● Summit X150-24t Switch
● Summit X150-24t-TAA Switch
● Summit X150-24p Switch
● Summit X150-24p-TAA Switch
● Summit X150-48t Switch
● Summit X150-48t-TAA Switch

NOTE
In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X150 series model number also apply to the equivalent
TAA-compliant switch version.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 17

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X150-24t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X150-24t switch (Figure 1) includes:
● Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 21.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 1: Summit X150-24t Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100 Mbps ports port

Stack
1

Combination ports
SH_050B

The rear panel of the Summit X150-24t switch (Figure 2) includes:

● Ethernet management port with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module.
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket

Figure 2: Summit X150-24t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Power socket

SH_051

18 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X150-24p Switch
The front panel of the Summit X150-24p switch (Figure 3) includes:
● Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–24). In addition to 4 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port.
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 21.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 3: Summit X150-24p Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100 Mbps ports port

Combination ports
SH_052A

The rear panel of the Summit X150-24p switch includes:

● Ethernet management port with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for use optional connection to the EPS-500 External Power Supply
(Model No. 10911) with full PoE power support.
See “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76 for more information. The connecting
redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 unit.
● AC power input socket

Figure 4: Summit X150-24p Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Power socket
SH_053

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 19

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X150-48t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X150-48t switch (Figure 5) includes:
● Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–48) that provide 4.8 Gbps of high-density
copper connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 49–50) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 21.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 5: Summit X150-48t Switch Front Panel

10/100 Mbps ports Console

port

Combination ports
SH_054A

The rear panel of the Summit X150-48t switch (Figure 6) includes:

● Management port with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module.
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket

Figure 6: Summit X150-48t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Power socket
SH_055

20 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X150 Series Switch LEDs
Table 7 lists the of LEDs on the Summit X150 switches, along with their associated colors and meanings.
.

Table 7: LEDs on the Summit X150 Series Switches

Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Front Panel
MGMT Blinking green (fast) Power-on self-test (POST) in progress.
Steady green POST passed. System is booting image.
Blinking green (slow) Normal operation.
Blinking amber Switch diagnostics are running.
or
System is disabled. POST failed or system overheated.
Off No external power attached.
FAN Steady green Normal operation.
Blinking amber Fan failure. Switch will continue to operate unless it overheats.
Off No power.
PSU-I Steady green Normal operation.
(Internal power
Blinking amber Failure.
supply)
Off No power.
PSU-E Steady green Normal operation.
(External power
Blinking amber Failure.
supply)
Off No external power attached.
Port number Steady green Link is OK.
1 – 24 or 1 – 48
Blinking green Port is transmitting packets.
Off Link is not present, or port is disabled.
Port number Steady green Link is OK.
25, 26 or 49, 50
Blinking green Activity.
(Shared ports)
Off Link is not present, or port is disabled.
Additional Port LED Meanings for PoE Switch: Summit X150-24p
All front-panel ports Steady green Link OK; port is not powered.
Steady amber Link is OK; port is powered; no traffic.
Blinking green Link is OK and transmitting packets; port is not powered.
Blinking amber Link is OK and transmitting packets; port is powered.
Slow blinking amber No link, or disabled port; port is powered.
Alternating amber Port has a power fault.
and green
Off Port is not powered, has no link, or is disabled.
Rear Panel
Management Port Right LED: Link is OK.
Steady green
Left LED: Activity.
Blinking green
Both LEDs off Link is not present.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 21

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X250e Series Switches

The Summit X250e series switches provide 24 or 48 Ethernet ports that deliver high-density fast
Ethernet connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T ports or installable small form pluggable (SFP)
optical modules. Fixed-port models are available either with or without PoE. Each Summit X250e series
switch has two combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 2 Gbps of
copper or fiber connectivity. A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal
and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a
parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to
connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.
On the back of the switch, two high-speed stacking ports allow you to combine multiple units into a
single SummitStack management entity. The rear panel also provides an AC or DC power input socket
and a redundant power connector. (See specific switch descriptions for more information about the
power options.) The switch automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector
allows you to connect the switch to the EPS-160, EPS-500, or EPS-150DC external power supply. When a
compatible external power supply is used with the Summit X250e series switch, the internal and
external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other
power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.
The Summit X250e series switches include the following switches:
● Summit X250e-24t Switch
● Summit X250e-24t-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-24tDC Switch
● Summit X250e-24tDC-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-24p Switch
● Summit X250e-24p-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-24x Switch
● Summit X250e-24x-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-24xDC Switch
● Summit X250e-24x-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-48t Switch
● Summit X250e-48t-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-48tDC Switch
● Summit X250e-48tDC-TAA Switch
● Summit X250e-48p Switch
● Summit X250e-48p-TAA Switch

NOTE
In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X250e series model number also apply to the equivalent
TAA-compliant switch version.

22 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X250e-24t Switch
The front panel of the Summit X250e-24t switch (Figure 7) includes:
● Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 7: Summit X250e-24t Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100 Mbps ports port

Stack
1

Stack number indicator Combination ports

SH_038B

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24t switch (Figure 8) includes:

● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module.
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket.
The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 8: Summit X250e-24t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Redundant Power Input

! See Manual

10 Gigabit Power socket

stacking ports
SH 039

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 23

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X250e-24tDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-24tDC switch (Figure 33) includes:
● Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 9: Summit X250e-24tDC Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100 Mbps ports port

Stack
1

DC

Stack number indicator Combination ports

SH_057_front_x250e-24tdc

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24tDC switch (Figure 34) includes:
● Ethernet management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-150DC External Power Module
(Model No. 10909).
See “EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)” on page 76 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC unit.
● DC power input socket
The power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.
● Grounding lug

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as
a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

24 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 10: Summit X250e-24tDC Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Redundant Power Input

-48 V
1.5 A Max

! See Manual

10 Gigabit DC power Grounding

stacking ports socket lug
SH_058_rear_x250e-24t-xdc

Summit X250e-24p Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-24p switch (Figure 11) includes:
● Twenty-four fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–24). In addition to 2.4 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity, these ports also provide a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port.
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 11: Summit X250e-24p Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100 Mbps ports port

Stack
1

Stack number indicator Combination ports

SH_040B

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 25

 Summit Family Switches

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24p switch (Figure 12) includes:
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model No.
10911) with full PoE power support.
See “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76 for more information. The connecting
redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 unit.
● AC power input socket.
The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 12: Summit X250e-24p Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit Power socket

stacking ports
SH_041

Summit X250e-24x Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-24x switch (Figure 7) includes:
● Twenty-four 100BASE-FX ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

26 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 13: Summit X250e-24x Switch Front Panel

Combination ports

Stack number Console

indicator 100BASE-X ports port
SH_056A

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24x switch (Figure 8) includes:

● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-160 External Power Module.
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket.
The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 14: Summit X250e-24x Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Redundant Power Input

! See Manual

10 Gigabit Power socket

stacking ports
SH_039

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 27

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X250e-24xDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-24xDC switch (Figure 7) includes:
● Twenty-four 100BASE-FX ports (ports 1–24) that provide 2.4 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 25–26) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 15: Summit X250e-24xDC Switch Front Panel

Combination ports

DC

Stack number Console

indicator 100BASE-X ports port
SH_059_front_x250e-24xdc

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-24xDC switch (Figure 8) includes:

● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model No.
10909).
See “EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)” on page 76 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC unit.
● DC power input socket
The power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.
● Grounding lug

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as
a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

28 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 16: Summit X250e-24xDC Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Redundant Power Input

-48 V
1.5 A Max

! See Manual

10 Gigabit DC power Grounding

stacking ports socket lug
SH_058_rear_x250e-24t-xdc

Summit X250e-48t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-48t switch (Figure 17):
● Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–48) that provide 4.8 Gps of high-density
copper connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 49–50) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 17: Summit X250e-48t Switch Front Panel

10/100 Mbps ports Console

port

Stack number indicator Combination ports

SH_044B

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 29

 Summit Family Switches

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-48t switch (Figure 18) includes:
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module.
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket.
The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 18: Summit X250e-48t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Stacking ports Power socket

SH_045

Summit X250e-48tDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-48tDC switch (Figure 17):
● Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T ports (ports 1–48) that provide 4.8 Gps of high-density
copper connectivity
● Two combination ports (ports 49–50) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 19: Summit X250e-48tDC Switch Front Panel

10/100 Mbps ports Console

port

Stack number indicator Combination ports

30 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-48tDC switch (Figure 18) includes:
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for use with the EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model No.
10909).
See “EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)” on page 76 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC unit.
● DC power input socket.
The power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.
● Grounding lug

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as
a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Figure 20: Summit X250e-48tDC Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

Redundant Power Input

-48 V
2.0 A Max

! See Manual

10 Gigabit DC power
stacking ports socket
SH_063_rear_x250e-48tdc

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 31

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X250e-48p Switch

The front panel of the Summit X250e-48p switch (Figure 21) includes:
● Forty-eight fixed autosensing 10/100BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1–48). In addition to 4.8 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity, these ports provide a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port when used
with the EPS-600LS External Power Module.
● Two combination ports (ports 49–50) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 2 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs” on
page 34.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 21: Summit X250e-48p Switch Front Panel

10/100 Mbps ports Console
port

Stack number indicator Combination ports

SH_042B

The rear panel of the Summit X250e-48p switch (Figure 22) includes:
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for use with one or more EPS-600LS External Power Modules
(Model No. 10913) installed in an EPS-C chassis (Model No. 10912).
The PoE capability of the Summit X250e-48p switch varies depending on the number of external
power modules in use. For more information, see “EPS-600LS External Power Module” on page 77.
The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-C chassis.
● AC power input socket.
The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 22: Summit X250e-48p Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit Power socket

stacking ports
SH 043

32 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X250e-48p Power Supplies
The Summit X250e-48p switch is powered by both an internal power supply and an optional external
redundant power supply system.

Internal Power Supply

The internal Summit X250e-48p internal power supply can provide 370 W of PoE power, as follows:
● In a 24-port configuration, it provides 15.4 W to each port
● In a 48-port configuration or any combination of ports where total PoE power does not exceed 370
watts, it provides 7.7 W to each port.

If the total system demands exceed this power limit, you can specify one of the following:
● Port priorities to identify which ports should be ranked higher when allocating power
● Port disconnect precedence to specify the method of shutting off ports when not enough PoE power
is available

NOTE
For a detailed discussion of these concepts, see the Power over Ethernet section in the ExtremeXOS Concepts
Guide.

External Power Supplies

The EPS-600LS External Power Module provides optional redundant power for the Summit X250e-48p
switch. Through the redundant power input connector on the rear panel, the switch can be powered by
one, two, or three external power modules installed in the EPS-C External Power Supply Chassis.

The PoE capability of the Summit X250e-48p varies depending on the number of external power
modules in use. Table 8 summarizes the PoE power behavior for the Summit X250e-48p switch based on
the number of power supply modules in use.

Table 8: Number of External Power Modules and Corresponding PoE Behavior

Internal Power External PSU/Chassis
Supply Status EPS-600LS (1x) EPS-600LS (2x) EPS-600LS (3x) Failed/Disconnected
Internal power 370 W of 740 W of 740 W of 370 W of
supply: redundant power external power only external power only internal power only
Power on with 2:1 redundancy
Internal power supply Internal power supply
disabled disabled
Internal power 370 W of 740 W of 740 W of No PoE power
supply: external power only external power only external power only
Power Failure with 2:1 redundancy

For specifications and installation instructions for the external power module, see “EPS-600LS External
Power Module” on page 77.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 33

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X250e Series Switch LEDs

Table 9 describes the LEDs on the Summit X250e switches.

Table 9: LEDs on the Summit X250e Series Switches

Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Front Panel
MGMT Blinking green (fast) Power-on self-test (POST) in progress
Steady green POST passed. System is booting image.
Blinking green (slow) Normal operation.
Blinking amber Switch diagnostics are running.
or
System is disabled. POST failed or system overheated.
Off No external power attached
FAN Steady green Normal operation
Blinking amber Fan failure. Switch will continue to operate unless it overheats.
Off No power
PSU-I Steady green Normal operation
(Internal power
Blinking amber Failure
supply)
Off No power
PSU-E Steady green Normal operation
(External power
Blinking amber Failure
supply)
Off No external power attached
Port number Steady green Link is OK.
1 – 24 or 1 –
Blinking green Port is transmitting packets.
48
Off Link is not present, or port is disabled.
Port number Steady green Link is OK
25, 26 or 49,
Blinking green Port is transmitting packets.
50
(Shared ports) Off Link is not present, or port is disabled.
Stack 1,2 Steady green Link OK on the indicated stack port.
Blinking green Activity on the indicated stack port.
Stack Number Off This switch is not in stacking mode.
Indicator
Top half of number This switch is the stack master.
blinking
Lower half of number This switch is the stack backup.
blinking
Number lights steadily This switch is a standby switch (neither the master nor the
backup).

34 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 9: LEDs on the Summit X250e Series Switches (Continued)
Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Additional Port LED Meanings for PoE Switches: Summit X250e-24p & Summit X250e-48p
All front-panel Steady green Link OK. port not powered.
ports
Steady amber Link OK, port is powered, no traffic
Blinking green Link OK, transmitting packets, port not powered.
Blinking amber Link OK, transmitting packets, port is powered.
Slow blinking amber No link or disabled port, port is powered
Alternating amber and Port has a power fault.
green
Off Port is not powered, has no link, or is disabled.
Rear Panel
Management Right LED: Steady green Link OK
Port
Left LED: Blinking green Activity
Both LEDs off Link is not present.
Stack Port 1, Steady green Link OK
Stack Port 2
Blinking green Activity
Off No link

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 35

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X350 Series Switches

The Summit X350 series switches provide 24 or 48 Ethernet ports that deliver high-density fast Ethernet
connectivity using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T ports. Each Summit X350 series switch has four
combination ports that provide 10/100/1000 BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 2 Gbps of copper or fiber
connectivity. A serial console port on the front panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local
management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the system to a parallel
management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect this
port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

The rear panel of the switch has an option slot to accommodate one of the following Summit option
cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules
■ Summit XGM2-2bt option card, which allows you to add one or two fixed 10GBASE-T ports
■ Summit XGM2-2sf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit SFP+ modules

For option card installation instructions, see Chapter 7, “Summit Option Cards.”

Power connectors on the rear panel of the switch include an AC power input socket and a redundant
power connector. The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC. The switch
automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the
switch to the EPS-500 external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with
the Summit X350 series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and
load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply provides sufficient power to operate the
switch.

The Summit X350 series switches include the following switches:

● Summit X350-24t Switch
● Summit X350-24t-TAA Switch
● Summit X350-48t Switch
● Summit X350-48t-TAA Switch

NOTE
In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X350 series model number also apply to the equivalent
TAA-compliant switch version.

36 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X350-24t Switch
The front panel of the Summit X350-24t switch (Figure 23) includes:
● Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 1–20) that provide 20 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 21-24) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPS, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see Table 10.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 23: Summit X350-24t Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports port

Combination ports
SH_064

The rear panel of the Summit X350-24t switch (Figure 24) includes:
● Slot for the one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules
See “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules
See “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on page 197
■ Summit XGM2-2bt option card, which allows you to add one or two fixed 10GBASE-T ports
See “Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card” on page 199
■ Summit XGM2-2sf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit SFP+ modules
See “Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card” on page 199
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-500 External Power Module
(Model No. 10907).
See “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76 for more information. The connecting
redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 unit.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 37

 Summit Family Switches

Figure 24: Summit X350-24t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option
SH_065_rear_X350_24t

Summit X350-48t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X350-48t switch (Figure 39) includes:
● Forty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1-44) that provide 44 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 45-48) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 25: Summit X350-48t Switch Front Panel

Combination ports

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 45X 46X 47X 48X Band On = Link

Stack 10G Blinking = Activity
1 1
2 2

MGMT
FAN

PSU-1
PSU-E
Shared Ports

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports port
SH_066

38 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

The rear panel of the Summit X350-48t switch (Figure 40) includes:
● Slot for the one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules
See “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on page 197.
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules
See “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
■ Summit XGM2-2sf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit SFP+ modules
See “Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card” on page 199.
■ Summit XGM2-2bt option card, which allows you to add one or two fixed 10GBASE-T ports
See “Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card” on page 199.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-500 External Power Supply
Unit (Model No. 10911).
See “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76 for more information. The connecting
redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500 power supply.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 26: Summit X350-48t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option
SH_067_rear_X350-48t

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 39

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X350 Series Switch LEDs

Table 12 lists the LEDs and their associated colors and meanings.

Table 10: LEDs on the Summit X350 Series Switches

Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Front Panel
MGMT Blinking green (fast) Power-on self-test (POST) in progress
Steady green POST passed. System is booting image.
Blinking green Normal operation.
(slow)
Blinking amber Switch diagnostics are running.
or
System is disabled. POST failed or system
overheated.
FAN Steady green Normal operation
Blinking amber Failure
Off No power
PSU-I Steady green Normal operation
(Internal power supply)
Blinking amber Failure
Off No power
PSU-E Steady green Normal operation
(External power supply)
Blinking amber Failure
Off No external power attached
Front-panel Port LEDs
Ethernet Ports Steady green Link OK
1 – 24 or 1 – 48 (21 – 24
Blinking green Activity
and 45 – 48 are shared ports)
Off Link is not present.
or
Port is disabled.
Rear Panel
Management Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
Off Link is not present.
SFP 1G Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
XENPAK 10G Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
Off Link down

40 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switches
The Summit X450 series, Summit X450a series, and Summit X450e series switches provide 24 or 48
Ethernet ports. These switches deliver high-density fast Ethernet connectivity using fixed
10/100/1000BASE-T ports or installable small form pluggable (SFP) optical modules. Models in
different series are available both with and without PoE and in AC or DC power versions.

Each Summit X450, X450a, or X450e series switch has four combination ports that provide 10/100/1000
BASE-T or SFP connectivity for 4 Gbps of copper or fiber connectivity. A serial console port on the front
panel allows you to connect a terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port
on the back panel can be used to connect the system to a parallel management network for
administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet cable to connect the Ethernet management port
directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configurations.

The rear panel of the switch has an option slot to accommodate one of the following Summit option
cards:
● Summit XGM-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
● Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
● Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules

Option card compatibility depends on the specific switch series. See the individual switch
descriptions for the option card supported on each switch. For option card installation instructions,
see Chapter 7, “Summit Option Cards.”

Two high-speed stacking ports allow you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack
management entity. Power connectors include an AC or DC power input socket and a redundant power
connector. (See specific switch descriptions for more information about the power options.) The switch
automatically adjusts to the supply voltage. The redundant power connector allows you to connect the
switch to the an external power supply. When a compatible external power supply is used with the
Summit X450, X450a, or X450e series switch, the internal and external power supplies are fully fault
tolerant. For most switches, if one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient
power to operate the switch. For information about power supply redundancy with the Summit
X450a-48p switch, see “Summit X450e-48p Power Supplies” on page 57.

For information about each switch series, see the following sections:
● Summit X450 Series Switches on page 42
● Summit X450a Series Switches on page 45
● Summit X450e Series Switches on page 54

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 41

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X450 Series Switches

The Summit X450 series switches are 24-port switches without PoE options. The ports are implemented
as fixed 10/100/1000BASE-t RJ-45 ports or as installable SFP modules. These switches are available only
with AC internal power supplies.

The Summit X450 series of switches consists of the following switches:

● Summit X450-24t Switch
● Summit X450-24x Switch

Summit X450-24t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450-24t switch (Figure 27) includes:
● Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000BASE-T ports (ports 5-24) that provide 20 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 1-4) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper or
fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPS, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 27: Summit X450-24t Switch Front Panel

Console
Mini-GBIC ports 10/100/1000 Mbps ports port

Band On = Link
Blinking = Activity

STACK NO.

Shared Ports

Stack number
indicator Combination ports
S450_002D

The rear panel of the Summit X450-24t switch (Figure 28) includes:
● Slot for the Summit XGM-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK
modules
For information about the Summit XGM-2xn option card, see “Summit XGM-2xn Option Card” on
page 196.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs

42 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module
(Model No. 10907).
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 28: Summit X450-24t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
S450_003A

Summit X450-24x Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450-24x switch (Figure 29) includes:
● Twenty fixed SFP ports (ports 5-24) that provide 20 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity
For information about SFPS, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● Four combination ports (ports 1-4) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper or
fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 29: Summit X450-24x Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports Mini-GBIC ports port

Band On = Link
Blinking = Activity

STACK NO.

Shared Ports

Stack number
indicator Combination ports
S450_001D

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 43

 Summit Family Switches

The rear panel of the Summit X450-24x switch (Figure 30) includes:
● Slot for the Summit XGM-2xn option card, which allows you to add one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK
modules
For information about the Summit XGM-2xn option card, see “Summit XGM-2xn Option Card” on
page 196.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-160 External Power Module
(Model No. 10907).
See “EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)” on page 75 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-160 unit.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 30: Summit X450-24x Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
S450_003A

44 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X450a Series Switches
The Summit X450a series switches are 24-port or 48-port switches without PoE options. The Ethernet
ports are implemented as fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 ports or as installable SFP modules. These
switches are available with either AC or DC internal power supplies. The switch automatically adjusts
to the supply voltage. The internal AC power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC. The internal
DC power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.
The Summit X450a series switches include the following switches:
● Summit X450a-24t Switch
● Summit X450a-24t-TAA Switch
● Summit X450a-24tDC Switch
● Summit X450a-24tDC-TAA Switch
● Summit X450a-24x Switch
● Summit X450a-24x-TAA Switch
● Summit X450a-24xDC Switch
● Summit X450a-24xDC-TAA Switch
● Summit X450a-48t Switch
● Summit X450a-48t-TAA Switch
● Summit X450a-48tDC Switch
● Summit X450a-48tDC-TAA Switch

NOTE
In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X450a series model number also apply to the equivalent
TAA-compliant switch version.

Summit X450a-24t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24t switch (Figure 31) includes:
● Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1-20) that provide 20 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 21-24) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 45

 Summit Family Switches

Figure 31: Summit X450a-24t Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports port

Stack number
indicator Combination ports
SH_018B

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24t switch (Figure 32) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to a redundant power supply, either the
EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model No. 45019) or the EPS-500 External Power Supply
(Model 10911). The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the external power
supply.
For more information about the external power supplies, see “EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit”
on page 75 or “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 32: Summit X450a-24t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
SH_028

46 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X450a-24tDC Switch
The front panel of the Summit X450a-24tDC switch (Figure 33) includes:
● Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1-20) that provide 20 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 21-24) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 33: Summit X450a-24tDC Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports port

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 21X 22X 23X 24X

Solid ON=Link
Blinking=Activity

10G
MGMT 1
FAN 2 STACK NO.
Stack
PSU-1 1
PSU-E 2
Shared Ports

Stack number
indicator Combination ports
SH_020B

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24tDC switch (Figure 34) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Ethernet management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-150DC External Power Module
(Model No. 10909).
See “EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)” on page 76 for more information. The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC unit.
● DC power input socket
The power supply operates from -36 VDC to -72 VDC.
● Grounding lug

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 47

 Summit Family Switches

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as
a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Figure 34: Summit X450a-24tDC Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

-48 V
2.0 A Max

Grounding 10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit DC power

lug uplink option stacking ports socket
SH_026_rear_X450a-24tdc

Summit X450a-24x Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24x switch (Figure 35) includes:
● Twenty fixed 1000BASE-X ports (ports 1-20) that provide 20 Gbps of high-density fiber (SFP)
connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 21-24) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 35: Summit X450a-24x Switch Front Panel

Combination ports

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 21X 22X 23X 24X

Solid ON = Link
Blinking = Activity

10G
MGMT 1
STACK NO.
FAN 2
Stack
PSU-1 1

PSU-E 2

Stack number Console

indicator 1000BASE-X ports port
SH_033B

48 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24x switch (Figure 36) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to an external redundant power supply,
either the EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model No. 45019) or the EPS-500 External Power
Supply (Model 10911). The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the external
power supply.
For more information about the external power supplies, see “EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit”
on page 75 or “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 36: Summit X450a-24x Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
SH_031

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 49

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X450a-24xDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-24xDC switch (Figure 37) includes:
● Twenty fixed autosensing 1000BASE-X ports (ports 1-20) that provide 20 Gbps of high-density fiber
(SFP) connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 21-24). using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 37: Summit X450a-24xDC Switch Front Panel

Shared ports

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 21X 22X 23X 24X

Solid ON = Link
Blinking = Activity

10G
MGMT 1
STACK NO.
FAN 2
Stack
PSU-1 1

PSU-E 2

Stack number Console

indicator 1000BASE-X ports port
SH_034A

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-24xDC switch (Figure 38) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-150DC External Power Module
(Model No. 10909). The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC
unit.
See “EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)” on page 76 for more information.
● DC power input socket
The power supply operates from -36 V DC to -72 V DC.
● Grounding lug

50 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as
a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Figure 38: Summit X450a-24xDC Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

-48 V
2.5 A Max

Grounding 10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit DC power

lug uplink option stacking ports socket
SH_032_X450a-24xdc

Summit X450a-48t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-48t switch (Figure 39) includes:
● Forty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1-44) that provide 44 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 45-48) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of fiber or
copper connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 39: Summit X450a-48t Switch Front Panel

Combination ports

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 45X 46X 47X 48X Band On = Link

Stack 10G Blinking = Activity
1 1
2 2

MGMT
FAN STACK NO.

PSU-1
PSU-E
Shared Ports

SH_016C

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 51

 Summit Family Switches

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-48t switch (Figure 40) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-500 External Power Supply
Unit (Model No. 10911). The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-500
power supply.
See “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76 for more information.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 40: Summit X450a-48t Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
SH_029

Summit X450a-48tDC Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450a-48tDC switch (Figure 39) includes:
● Forty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T ports (ports 1-44) that provide 44 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 45-48) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

52 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 41: Summit X450a-48tDC Switch Front Panel

Stack number Combination ports

indicator

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 45X 46X 47X 48X Band On = Link

Stack 10G Blinking = Activity
1 1
2 2

MGMT
FAN STACK NO.

PSU-1
PSU-E
Shared Ports

SH_016D

The rear panel of the Summit X450a-48tDC switch (Figure 40) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information regarding these compatible Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option
Card” on page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-150DC External Power Module
(Model No. 10909). The connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-150DC
unit.
See “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on page 76 for more information.
● DC power input socket
The power supply operates from -36 V DC to -72 V DC.
● Grounding lug

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in a restricted access location (such as
a dedicated equipment room, equipment closet, or central office) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Figure 42: Summit X450a-48tDC Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

-48 V
4.5 A Max

Grounding 10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit DC power

lug uplink option stacking ports socket
SH_034brear48t

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 53

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X450e Series Switches

The Summit X450e series switches are 24-port or 48-port PoE-capable switches. The Ethernet ports are
implemented as fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 ports. These switches are available only with AC
internal power supplies.
The Summit X450e series of switches consists of the following switches:
● Summit X450e-24p Switch
● Summit X450e-24p-TAA Switch
● Summit X450e-48p Switch
● Summit X450e-48p-TAA Switch

NOTE
In the descriptions that follow, references to a Summit X450e series model number also apply to the equivalent
TAA-compliant switch version.

Summit X450e-24p Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450e-24p switch (Figure 43) includes:
● Twenty fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1-20) that provide high-density
copper connectivity and a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port
● Four combination ports (ports 21-24) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .

NOTE
All 24 ports can provide PoE power.

● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.

For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 43: Summit X450e-24p Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps PoE ports port

PORTS 1 -24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 21X 22X 23X 24X

POWERED (AMBER) ON=LINK NO POWER (GREEN) ON=LINK
FLASHING=ACTIVITY FLASHING=ACTIVITY
OFF=NO LINK/DISABLED OFF=NO LINK/DISABLED
10G ALTERNATE AMBER/GREEN=PWR FAULT
MGMT 1
FAN 2 STACK NO.
Stack
PSU-1 1
PSU-E 2
Shared Ports

Stack number
indicator Combination ports
SH_015B

54 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

The rear panel of the Summit X450e-24p switch (Figure 44) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to an external redundant power supply
with full PoE power support, either the EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model 45019) or the
EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model 10911). The connecting redundant power supply cable is
shipped with the power supply.
See “EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit” on page 75 or “EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit” on
page 76 for more information.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

Figure 44: Summit X450e-24p Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
SH_027

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 55

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X450e-48p Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450e-48p switch (Figure 45) includes:
● Forty-four fixed autosensing 10/100/1000 BASE-T PoE ports (ports 1-44) that provide high-density
copper connectivity and a full 15.4 Watts of PoE per port when used with the EPS-C/EPS-600LS
● Four combination ports (ports 45-48) using RJ-45 connectors and SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper
or fiber connectivity
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .

NOTE
All 48 ports can provide PoE power

● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.

For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series
Switch LEDs” on page 58.
● Stack number indicator showing the position of this switch in a stacked configuration.
● Serial console port used to connect a terminal and perform local management.

Figure 45: Summit X450e-48p Switch Front Panel

Combination ports

Stack 10G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 45X 46X 47X 48X Solid ON = Link

1 1 Blinking = Activity
2 2

MGMT

FAN STACK NO.

PSU-1

PSU-E

Shared Ports

Console
Stack number 10/100/1000 Mbps ports port
indicator
SH 030B

The rear panel of the Summit X450e-48p switch (Figure 46) includes:
● Slot for one of the following Summit option cards:
■ Summit XGM2-2xn option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules
■ Summit XGM2-2xf option card, which allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules
For information about these Summit option cards, see “Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card” on
page 197 or “Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card” on page 198.
● Management port with associated LEDs
● Two high-performance stacking ports with associated LEDs
● Redundant power input connector for optional connection to the EPS-C chassis (Model No. 10912).
This chassis can hold up to three EPS-600LS External Power Modules (Model No. 10913). The
connecting redundant power supply cable is shipped with the EPS-C chassis.
The PoE capability of the Summit X450e-48p switch varies depending on the number of external
power modules in use. For more information, see “Summit X450e-48p Power Supplies” on page 57
and “EPS-600LS External Power Module” on page 77.
● AC power input socket
The power supply operates from 100 VAC to 240 VAC.

56 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 46: Summit X450e-48p Switch Rear Panel

External power
Management port supply connection

10 Gigabit 10 Gigabit Power socket

uplink option stacking ports
SH_033

Summit X450e-48p Power Supplies

The Summit X450e-48p switch is powered by both an internal power supply and an optional external
redundant power supply system.

Internal Power Supply. The internal Summit X450e-48p power supply can provide 370 W of PoE power,
as follows:
● In a 24 port configuration, it provides 15.4 W to each port.
● In 48-port configuration or any combination of ports where total PoE power does not exceed 370
watts, it provides 7.7 W to each port.

If the total system demands exceed this power limit, you can specify:
● Port priorities to identify which ports should be ranked higher when allocating power.
● Port disconnect precedence to specify the method of shutting off ports when not enough PoE power
is available.

NOTE
For a detailed discussion of these concepts, see the Power over Ethernet section in the ExtremeXOS Concepts
Guide.

External Power Supplies. The Summit X450e-48p switch can be powered by one, two, or three external
power modules through the redundant power input connector on the rear of the switch.
The EPS-C (External Power Supply Chassis) is shipped with the redundant power supply cable that
connects to the redundant input connector on the rear of the switch. The EPS-C chassis can hold from
one to three 600-Watt EPS-600LS (external power module) units.
The PoE capability of the Summit X450e-48p switch varies depending on the number of external power
modules in use. Table 11 summarizes the PoE power behavior for the Summit X450e-48p switch based
on the number of power supply modules in use.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 57

 Summit Family Switches

Table 11: Number of External PSUs and Corresponding PoE Behavior

Internal PSU External PSU/Chassis
Status EPS-600LS (1x) EPS-600LS (2x) EPS-600LS (3x) Failed/Disconnected
Internal PSU: 370 W of 740 W of 740 W of 370 W of
Power On redundant power external power only external power only internal power only
with 2:1 redundancy
Internal PSU disabled
Internal PSU disabled
Internal PSU: 370 W of 740 W of 740 W of No PoE power
Power Failure external power only external power only external power only
with 2:1 redundancy

For more information, see “EPS-600LS External Power Module” on page 77.

Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Series Switch LEDs

Table 12 describes the LEDs for the Summit X450, X450a, and X450e switches.

Table 12: LEDs on the Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Switches
Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Front Panel
MGMT Blinking green (fast) Power-on self-test (POST) in progress.
Steady green POST passed. System is booting image.
Blinking green (slow) Normal operation
Blinking amber Switch diagnostics running.
or
System is disabled. POST failed or
system overheated.
Off No external power attached
FAN Steady green Normal operation
Steady amber* A single fan in the array has failed. The
switch can continue to operate
indefinitely.*
Blinking amber Failure
or
Two or more fans in the array have
failed. Because system cooling is
compromised, you should replace the
switch.*
Off No power
* These states for the Fan LED occur only on Summit X450a-48tDC
switches with a manufacturing part number of 800294-00 and
X450a-48tDC-TAA switches with a manufacturing part number of
800337-00.
PSU-I Steady green Normal operation
(Internal power supply)
Blinking amber Failure
Off No power

58 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 12: LEDs on the Summit X450, X450a, and X450e Switches (Continued)
Label or Type Color/State Meaning
PSU-E Steady green Normal operation
(External power supply)
Blinking amber Failure
Off No external power attached
Ethernet Ports Steady green Link OK
1 – 24 or 1 – 48 (21 –24 and
Blinking green Activity
45 – 48 are shared ports)
Off Link is not present or port is disabled.
Stack Number Indicator Top half of number This switch is the stack master.
blinking
Lower half of number This switch is the stack backup.
blinking
Number lights steadily This switch is a standby node (neither
the master nor the backup).
LED dark This stackable switch is not in stacking
mode.
Additional Port LED meanings for PoE switches: Summit X450e-24p & Summit X450e-48p
All front-panel ports Steady amber Port is powered with link, no traffic
Blinking amber Port is powered with link, traffic
Slow blinking amber Port is powered, with no link
Alternating amber and Port is faulted
green
Off Port is not powered, no link or disabled
Rear Panel
Management Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
Stacking Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
SFP 1G Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
XENPAK 10G Port Steady green Link OK
Blinking green Activity
Off Link down

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 59

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X480 Series Switches

The Summit X480 series switches are 24-port or 48-port switches that provide Ethernet connectivity
using fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T RJ-45 ports, installable SFP optical modules, or installable XFP
optical modules.

The Summit X480 series switches include the following base models:
● Summit X480-24x switch (see page 61)
● Summit X480-48x switch (see page 62)
● Summit X480-48t switch (see page 63)

A serial console port on the front panel of the Summit X480 series switch allows you to connect a
terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the
system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet
cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configuration.
The Ethernet management port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

The rear panel of the switch provides a slot for an installed option card called a versatile interface
module or VIM. The types of VIM available for the Summit X480 series switches are:
● VIM2-SummitStack versatile interface module (see page 64)
Provides two 20-Gbps stacking ports
● VIM2-10G4X versatile interface module (see page 64)
Provides four 10-Gbps XFP ports
● VIM2-SummitStack128 versatile interface module (see page 65)
Provides two 64-Gbps stacking ports

NOTE
The Summit X480 switches are only compatible with VIM2 modules. Other VIM types that may appear to be
mechanically compatible with the Summit X480 switches will not function if they are installed in these switches.

Cooling is provided by a replaceable fan module. Two power supply bays accommodate either AC or
DC power supplies.

60 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X480-24x Switch
The front panel of the Summit X480-24x switch (Figure 47) includes:
● Twelve autosensing 100/1000BASE-X ports (ports 1 through 12) that provide 12 Gbps of high-density
fiber (SFP) connectivity
● Twelve combination ports (ports 13 through 24) using RJ-45 connectors or SFPs to provide 12 Gbps
of copper or fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X optical
modules.
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● Two unpopulated 10-Gbps XFP-based ports
● 10/100/1000 Mbps management port
● Console port
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X480 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 66.
● Stack number indicator

Figure 47: Summit X480-24x Switch Front Panel

Combination ports Console port

SFP ports 10/100/1000 XFP ports

Management port Mbps ports
Stack number
indicator
SH_120

The rear panel of the Summit X480-24x switch (Figure 48) includes:
● Slot for a virtual interface module (VIM)
● Two power supply bays for either AC or DC power supplies
● Replaceable fan tray

Figure 48: Summit X480-24t Rear Panel

Slot for VIM2 Two power supply

versatile interface module Fan tray (PSU) slots

SH_154

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 61

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X480-48x Switch

The front panel of the Summit X480-48x switch (Figure 49) includes:
● Forty-eight 100/1000BASE-X SFP ports that provide 48 Gbps of high-density fiber connectivity
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● 10/100/1000 Mbps management port
● Console port
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X480 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 66.
● Stack number indicator

Figure 49: Summit X480-48x Switch Front Panel

SFP ports

Management port
Stack number Console
indicator port
SH_118

The rear panel of the Summit X480-48x switch (Figure 50) includes:
● Slot for a virtual interface module (VIM)
● Two power supply bays for either AC or DC power supplies
● Replaceable fan tray

Figure 50: Summit X480-48x Rear Panel

Slot for VIM2 Two power supply

versatile interface module Fan tray (PSU) slots

SH_154

62 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X480-48t Switch
The front panel of the Summit X480-48t switch (Figure 51) includes:
● Forty-four fixed 10/100/1000BASE-T autosensing ports (ports 1-44) that provide 44 Gbps of
high-density copper connectivity
● Four combination ports (ports 45-48) using RJ-45 connectors or SFPs to provide 4 Gbps of copper or
fiber connectivity. The SFP ports support both 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X optical modules.
For more information about combination ports, see “Combination Ports and Failover” on page 16.
For information about SFPs, see the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .
● 10/100/1000 Mbps management port
● Console port
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X480 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 66.
● Stack number indicator

Figure 51: Summit X480-48t Switch Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports port

Management port
Stack number Combination ports
indicator SH_119

The rear panel of the Summit X480-48t switch (Figure 52) includes:
● Slot for a virtual interface module (VIM)
● Two power supply bays for either AC or DC power supplies
● Replaceable fan tray

Figure 52: Summit X480-48t Rear Panel

Slot for VIM2 Two power supply

versatile interface module Fan tray (PSU) slots

SH_154

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 63

 Summit Family Switches

VIM2-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module

The VIM2-SummitStack module (Figure 53) provides two high-performance stacking ports that allow
you to combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity.
For more information about configuring and operating a SummitStack configuration, refer to the
Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide and the Extre me XOS Co mma nd Re fe re nce Guide .

Figure 53: VIM2-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module

LED Stacking port

SH_151

VIM2-10G4X Versatile Interface Module

The VIM2-10G4X versatile interface module (Figure 54) provides four 10-Gbps ports using XFP optical
modules. For information about the supported optical modules, refer to the most recent version of the
Extre me XOS Re le a s e No te s .

Figure 54: VIM2-10G4X Versatile Interface Module

XFP ports
S1 S3

S2 S4
LEDs
SH_152

The XFP ports are labelled S1, S2, S3, and S4. ExtremeXOS software assigns port numbers to the XFP
ports based on the switch model in which the VIM2-10G4X module is installed (see Table 13).

Table 13: Port Numbers for XFP Ports on the VIM2-10G4X Module
Summit X480-48t or
Port Summit X480-48x Summit X480-24t
Label Port Number Port Number
S1 49 27
S2 50 28
S3 51 29
S4 51 30

64 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

VIM2-SummitStack128 Versatile Interface Module
The VIM2-SummitStack128 versatile interface module (Figure 55) provides two 64-Gbps SummitStack
stacking ports. To connect these ports, you must use stacking cables with compatible connectors,
available from Extreme Networks.

Figure 55: VIM2-SummitStack128 Versatile Interface Module

Stack port 1 LEDs Stack port 2

SH_153

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 65

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X480 Series Switch LEDs

Table 14 describes the LEDs on the Summit X480 series switches.

Table 14: LEDs on the Summit X480 Series Switches

Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Front Panel LEDs
MGMT Blinking Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Power-on self test (POST) failed; diagnostic test in
progress
Off No external power attached
FAN Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Failure
Off No power
PSU-1 Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Failure
Off No power
PSU-2 Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Failure
Off No power
Stack Management 1 – 4 Steady green Link OK on the indicated stack port.
Blinking green Activity on the indicated stack port.
2-digit Stack number Indicator
Left digit (1) Blinking This switch is the stack master node (see description of
right digit).
Off This switch is the stack backup node.
Right digit (1 – 8) Upper half blinking This switch is the stack master node.
Indicates the position of Lower half blinking This switch is the stack backup node.
this switch in the
Lit steadily This switch is a standby node in the stack.
SummitStack configuration.
Ethernet Ports Steady Green Link OK
1 – 24 or 1 – 48
Blinking Green Activity
Management Port Steady Green Link OK
Blinking Green Activity
Back Panel
Stacking Port LED Steady Green Link OK
(on installed VIM)
Blinking Green Activity
XFP Port LED Steady Green Link OK
(on installed VIM)
Blinking Green Activity
Power Supply LEDs
Top Steady Green +3.3VSB ok; 12 V ok; PSU is working properly.
Middle Steady Amber Fault condition (for example, 3.3VSB OCP/UCP, 12V
OCP/UCP, or fan failure).
Bottom Steady Green PSU is connected to power. If the cord is connected
and this LED is off, the PSU is defective.

66 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X650 Series Switches
The Summit X650 series switches provide 24 front-panel Ethernet ports that provide 10-gigabit Ethernet
connectivity using fixed 10GBASE-T RJ-45 ports or installable SFP+ optical modules.

The Summit X650 series switches include the following base models:
● Summit X650-24t Switch
● Summit X650-24x Switch

A serial console port on the front panel of the Summit X650 series switch allows you to connect a
terminal and perform local management. An Ethernet management port can be used to connect the
system to a parallel management network for administration. Alternatively, you can use an Ethernet
cable to connect this port directly to a laptop to view and locally manage the switch configuration. The
Ethernet management port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

The rear panel of the switch requires an installed versatile interface module or VIM. The types of VIM
available for the Summit X650 series switch are:
● VIM1-SummitStack versatile interface module (see page 70)
Provides two 20-Gbps stacking ports and four 1-gigabit SFP ports
● VIM1-10G8X versatile interface module (see page 70)
Provides two 20-Gbps stacking ports and eight 10-gigabit SFP+ ports
● VIM1-SummitStack512 versatile interface module (see page 71)
Provides four 128-Gbps stacking ports
● VIM1-SummitStack256 versatile interface module (see page 71)
Provides two 128-Gbps stacking ports

NOTE
The Summit X650 switches require VIM1 modules. Other VIM types that may appear to be mechanically compatible
with the Summit X650 switches will not function if they are installed in these switches.

The rear panel of the switch has a replaceable versatile interface module (VIM) that provides one of the
following port options:
● Two 20-Gbps stacking ports and four 1-Gbps SFP ports (VIM1-SummitStack module; see page 70)
● Two 20-Gbps stacking ports and eight 10-Gbps SFP+ ports (VIM1-10G8X module; see page 70)
● Four 128-Gbps stacking ports (VIM1-SummitStack512 module; see page 71)

The Summit X650 series switch must have an installed VIM; the switch will not operate correctly
without one.

Cooling is provided by a replaceable fan module. Two power supply bays accommodate either AC or
DC power supplies.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 67

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X650-24t Switch

The front panel of the Summit X450-24t switch (Figure 56) includes:
● Twenty-four fixed autosensing 1000/10000 BASE-T ports (ports 1-24) that provide high-density
copper connectivity
● 10/100/1000 Mbps management port
● Console port
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X650 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 72.
● Stack number indicator

Figure 56: Summit X650-24t Front Panel

Console
10/100/1000 Mbps ports port

Stack number 10/100/1000 Mbps

LEDs indicator management port
SH_075

The rear panel of the Summit X650-24t switch (Figure 57) includes:
● Installed virtual interface module (VIM) (VIM1-SummitStack shown)
● Replaceable fan tray
● Two power supply bays for either AC or DC power supplies

Figure 57: Summit X650-24t Rear Panel

Versatile interface Two power supply

module (VIM) Fan tray (PSU) slots

SH_077

68 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X650-24x Switch
The front panel of the Summit X450-24x switch (Figure 58) includes:
● Twenty-four ports that can use 10GBASE-X SFP+ optical modules. (Ports 1-24 can also be populated
with 1000BASE-X SFP modules.)
For information about supported optical modules, see the latest version of the Extre me XOS Re le a s e
No te s .
● 10/100/1000 Mbps management port
● Console port
● LEDs to indicate port status and switch operating conditions.
For a description of the LEDs and their operation, see “Summit X650 Series Switch LEDs” on
page 72.
● Stack number indicator

Figure 58: Summit X650-24x Front Panel

LEDs SFP+ ports Console

port

Stack number 10/100/1000 management port

indicator
SH_076

The rear panel of the Summit X650-24x switch (Figure 59) includes:
● Installed virtual interface module (VIM) (VIM1-SummitStack shown)
● Replaceable fan tray
● Two power supply bays for either AC or DC power supplies

Figure 59: Summit X650-24x Rear Panel

Versatile interface Two power supply

module (VIM) Fan tray (PSU) slots

SH_077

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 69

 Summit Family Switches

VIM1-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module

The VIM1-SummitStack versatile interface module (Figure 60) provides four cages for installed SFP
optical modules. These ports (numbered 25 through 28) function the same as the front-panel ports. The
VIM1-SummitStack module supports 1000-BASE SFPs. For a complete list of supported SFPs, refer to
the most recent version of the ExtremeEXOS release notes.

The VIM1-SummitStack module also provides two high-performance stacking ports that allow you to
combine multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity. The VIM1-SummitStack module
is the default VIM1 module shipped with the base Summit X650 platform. Ports 23 and 24 of the front
panel are shared with the two rear-panel stacking ports on the VIM1-SummitStack module.

By default, stacking is not enabled, and all 24 front panel ports are available. When stacking is enabled,
you have access to 22 10GBASE ports and 2 stacking ports. For more information about configuring and
operating a SummitStack configuration, refer to the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide and the Extre me XOS
Co mma nd Re fe re nce Guide .

Figure 60: VIM1-SummitStack Versatile Interface Module

SFP ports

LEDs Stacking ports SH_086

VIM1-10G8X Versatile Interface Module

The VIM1-10G8X versatile interface module (Figure 61) provides eight cages for installed SFP or SFP+
optical modules. For information about the supported optical modules, refer to the most recent version
of the Extre me XOS Re le a s e No te s .

The VIM1-10G8X module also provides two high-performance stacking ports that allow you to combine
multiple units into a single SummitStack management entity. The stacking ports on the VIM1-10G8X
module are not shared with the front panel ports.

Figure 61: VIM1-10G8X Versatile Interface Module

SFP/SFP+ ports

25 26 27 28
25 27

26 28
Stacking ports
30 31

30 32 29 30 31 32

LEDs SH_087

70 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

VIM1-SummitStack512 Versatile Interface Module
The VIM1-SummitStack512 versatile interface module (Figure 62) provides four 128-Gbps stacking ports
that are used to cross-connect two Summit X650 series switches. Each switch must have an installed
VIM1-SummitStack512 module. To connect these ports, you must use stacking cables with compatible
connectors, available from Extreme Networks.

The VIM1-SummitStack512 module requires ExtremeXOS 12.3.3 software (or later) installed on the
Summit X650 series switch.

Figure 62: VIM1-SummitStack512 Versatile Interface Module

Stacking Stacking
ports ports

LEDs SH_140

VIM1-SummitStack256 Versatile Interface Module

The VIM1-SummitStack256 versatile interface module (Figure 63) provides two 128-Gbps SummitStack
stacking ports. To connect these ports, you must use stacking cables with compatible connectors,
available from Extreme Networks.

The VIM1-SummitStack256 module requires ExtremeXOS 12.4.1 software (or later) installed on the
Summit X650 series switch.

Figure 63: VIM1-SummitStack256 Versatile Interface Module

Stacking Stacking
port port

LEDs SH_168

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 71

 Summit Family Switches

Summit X650 Series Switch LEDs

Table 15 describes the LEDs on the Summit X650 series switches.

Table 15: LEDs on the Summit X650 Series Switches

Label or Type Color/State Meaning
Front Panel LEDs
MGMT Blinking Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Power-on self test (POST) failed; diagnostic test
in progress
Off No external power attached
FAN Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Failure
Off No power
PSU-1 Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Failure
Off No power
PSU-2 Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Amber Failure
Off No power
Stack 1 – 4 Steady green Link OK on the indicated stack port.
Blinking green Activity on the indicated stack port.
2-digit Stack number Indicator
Left digit (1) Blinking This switch is the stack master node (see
description of right digit).
Off This switch is the stack backup node.
Right digit (1 – 8) Indicates the position of this switch in the
SummitStack configuration.
Upper half blinking This switch is the stack master node.
Lower half blinking This switch is the stack backup node.
Lit steadily This switch is a standby node in the stack.
Ethernet Ports Steady Green Link OK
1 – 24
Blinking Green Activity
Management Port Steady Green Link OK
Blinking Green Activity
Back Panel
Stacking Port LED Steady Green Link OK
Blinking Green Activity
SFP/SFP+ port LED Steady Green Link OK
Blinking Green Activity
Power supply LED Blinking Green AC in; no output
Steady Green Normal operation
Blinking Red Output error
Steady Red Critical error

72 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

2 Summit Power Supplies

This chapter describes Extreme Networks power supplies available for use with the Summit family
switches. The Summit X650 series switches have replaceable power supplies; redundant external power
supplies are available for the other Summit series.

This chapter includes the following sections:

● Overview on page 73
● EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T) on page 75
● EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit on page 75
● EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit on page 76
● EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2) on page 76
● EPS-600LS External Power Module on page 77
● Summit X480 Power Supplies on page 79
● Summit X650 Power Supplies on page 80

Overview
Summit family switches are shipped with an internal power supply (replaceable on the Summit X650
series switches) that supplies all of the power needed for most switch operation. An optional redundant
power supply can be added to most Summit models to protect against a power supply failure and to
provide increased support for PoE operation on applicable switches.
Table 16 lists the Summit family switches and compatible external power supplies.

Table 16: Summit Switch and EPS Compatibility

Switch Model Compatible EPS Model Number
Summit X450 Series Switches
Summit X450-24t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X450-24x EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X450a Series Switches
Summit X450a-24t EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit 45019
EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X450a-24tDC EPS-150DC External Power Module with EPS-T2 EPS-150DC: 10909
EPS-T2: 10910
Summit X450a-24x EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit 45019
EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X450a-24xDC EPS-150DC External Power Module with EPS-T2 EPS-150DC: 10909
EPS-T2: 10910

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 73

 Summit Power Supplies

Table 16: Summit Switch and EPS Compatibility (Continued)

Switch Model Compatible EPS Model Number
Summit X450a-48t EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X450e Series Switches
Summit X450e-24p EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit 45019
EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X450e-48p EPS-600LS External Power Module with EPS-600LS: 10913
EPS C Chassis EPS-C: 10912
Summit X250e Series Switches
Summit X250e-24t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X250e-24p EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X250e-24x EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X250e-48t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X250e-48p EPS-600LS External Power Module with EPS-600LS: 10913
EPS C chassis EPS-C: 10912
Summit X150 Series Switches
Summit X150-24t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X150-24x EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X150-24p EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit 10911
Summit X150-48t EPS-160 External Power Module with EPS-T EPS-160: 10907
EPS-T: 10906
Summit X650 Series Switches N/A

NOTE
The Summit switches listed in each section of this chapter run ExtremeXOS software. For information about
compatible switches running ExtremeWare®software, refer to the Consolidated “i” and “e” Series Hardware
Installation Guide.

74 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T)
The EPS-160 External Power Module (Model 10907) is a modular power supply for use with the EPS-T
chassis. You can use the EPS-160 as a redundant power supply with the following Extreme Networks
switches:
● Summit X150-24t switch
● Summit X150-24x switch
● Summit X150-48t switch
● Summit X250e-24t switch
● Summit X250e-24x switch
● Summit X250e-48t switch
● Summit X450-24t switch
● Summit X450-24x switch

The EPS-T is a rack-mountable chassis or tray that holds one or two EPS-160 power supplies. Each EPS-
160 power supply provides one-to-one redundancy for an attached Extreme Networks switch.

You can order the EPS-T chassis with one or two EPS-160 power supplies already installed. You can also
order an additional power supply from your Extreme Networks reseller.

NOTE
Each EPS-160 power supply is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord (Figure 64). An AC power input
cord is not provided; you can order an appropriate cord from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The
power cord must meet the requirements listed in “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

Figure 64: Redundant Power Cord Connector

ES4K027

EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit

You can use the Extreme Networks EPS-LD External Power Supply Unit (Model 45019) as a redundant
power supply with the following Extreme Networks switches:
● Summit X450a-24t switch
● Summit X450e-24p switch

When attached to the Summit X450e-24p, the EPS-LD provides 465 W total power with 375 W dedicated
for PoE applications.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 75

 Summit Power Supplies

EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit

The Extreme Networks EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit (Model 10911) provides additional power
to compatible Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches and other Extreme switches. You can use the EPS-500
power supply as a redundant power supply with the following Extreme Networks switches:
● Summit X150-24p switch
● Summit X250e-24p switch
● Summit X350-24t switch
● Summit X350-48t switch
● Summit X450a-24t switch
● Summit X450a-24x switch
● Summit X450a-48t switch
● Summit X450e 24p switch

The EPS-500 power supply provides up to 500 W of total power and up to 375 W of power dedicated to
PoE applications. When this power supply is used one of the listed Summit switches, the internal and
external power supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other
power supply will provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)

The EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model 10909) is a modular power supply for use in the EPS-T2
External Power System Tray. You can use the EPS-150DC as a redundant power supply with the
following Extreme Networks switches:
● Summit X250e-24tDC switch
● Summit X250e-24xDC switch
● Summit X250e-48tDC switch
● Summit X450a-24tDC switch
● Summit X450a-24xDC switch
● Summit X450a-48tDC switch

When this power supply is used one of the listed Summit switches, the internal and external power
supplies are fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will
provide sufficient power to operate the switch.

The EPS-T2 is a rack-mountable chassis or tray that holds one or two EPS-150DC power supplies. Each
EPS-150DC provides one-to-one redundancy to an attached Extreme switch. You must install the EPS-
150DC power supply in the EPS-T2 tray.

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in restricted access locations
(dedicated equipment rooms, equipment closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-
18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

76 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

EPS-600LS External Power Module
The EPS-600LS External Power Module (Model 10913) is a 600-watt redundant power supply unit that
can be used with the following Extreme Networks switches:
● Summit X450e-48p switch
● Summit X250e-48p switch

NOTE
An AC power input cord is not provided with the EPS-600LS power module. You can order an appropriate cord from
Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The power cord must meet the requirements listed in “Selecting
Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

Each EPS-C chassis is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord for connection to the Summit switch.
Make sure that the EPS-C chassis is installed in the equipment rack before installing an EPS-600LS power module.

PoE Redundant Power Configurations

You install one, two, or three EPS-600LS power modules in the EPS-C chassis (Model 10912) to build an
external redundant power system for the Summit switch. A redundant power cable shipped with the
EPS-C chassis provides the connection between the external power system and the redundant power
input connector on the back of the switch.

The PoE capability of the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p varies depending on the number of external
power modules in use. Table 17 summarizes the PoE power behavior for the Summit X450e-48p or
X250e-48p switch based on the number of power modules in use.

Table 17: External Power Modules and Corresponding PoE Behavior

Internal PSU External PSU/Chassis
Status EPS-600LS (1x) EPS-600LS (2x) EPS-600LS (3x) Failed/Disconnected
Internal PSU: 370 W of 740 W of 740 W of 370 W of
Power On redundant power external power only external power only internal power only
with 2 + 1 redundancy
Internal PSU disabled
Internal PSU disabled
Internal PSU: 370 W of 740 W of 740 W of No PoE power
Power Failure external power only external power only external power only
with 2 + 1 redundancy

Single 600-LS Module Configuration: Redundant PoE Power

A single EPS-600LS power module provides redundant PoE power capability with the same 370-watt
capacity as the internal power supply. The internal Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p power supply is
capable of 370 W of PoE power: 15.4 W supplied to each port for a 24-port configuration and 7.7 W
supplied to each port for a 48-port configuration.
● If the internal power supply fails, the external power module will provide power to PoE devices at
the same power levels as the internal power supply without any power interruptions.
● If the EPS-600LS power module fails or is removed, the internal power supply continues to provide
PoE power without any power interruptions.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 77

 Summit Power Supplies

Dual 600-LS Module Configuration: Full Power

Two EPS-600LS power modules provide full power at 740 W, which allows 15.4 W of PoE power to all
48 ports. In this full-power configuration, the internal power supply is disabled, and therefore
redundant power is not available.

Triple 600-LS Module Configuration: Full Redundant Power

Three EPS-600LS power modules provide the full 740 W of power for 15.4 W of PoE power to all 48
ports. In addition, this configuration provides 2:1 redundancy. Should one of the EPS-600LS power
modules fail, the third power module continues to provide uninterrupted full PoE power. The internal
power supply is disabled in this configuration.

Internal-to-External PSU Transfer

This section describes the conditions that would cause the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch to
draw power from the external power unit.

Internal PSU Failure with Single EPS-600LS Module. When an EPS-C with a single EPS-600LS is connected
to the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch and the internal PSU fails, power is drawn from the EPS-
600LS without power interruption to the PoE connected devices.

Two or Three EPS-600LS Modules. When the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch detects that an EPS-
C is connected and providing stable power from two or three EPS-600LS power modules, the PoE
power budget is automatically recalculated to enable 740 W of PoE power. The internal PSU is disabled
to prevent damage from excessive current demands beyond the internal PSU's capabilities.

External-to-Internal PSU Transfer

This section describes the conditions where power from an external power module either fails or is
disconnected.

Active Internal PSU with Single 600-LS Module Failure. When an EPS-C configured with a single EPS-
600LS module is connected to the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch and the EPS-600LS fails or is
disconnected, power is drawn from the internal PSU without power interruption to the PoE connected
devices.

Inactive Internal PSU with a Dual EPS-600LS Configuration and Module Failure. This section describes the
PoE behavior when an EPS-C chassis configured with two EPS-600LS modules is connected to the
Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch and one or both EPS-600LS modules fail or are disconnected.

It is possible for one external power module to fail while the second power module continues to
function. If one EPS-600LS fails, the PoE power budget is automatically reduced to 370 W for the
Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch. PoE port power management occurs as described in the Power
over Ethernet section of the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide . With only a single operating power module,
the remaining EPS-600LS behaves as a redundant power module. The internal PSU is returned to an
active state to provide redundant capability.

If both external power modules fail or are disconnected, PoE power is interrupted while transferring
PoE power back to the internal PSU. The internal PSU is then limited to 370 W of PoE power. The PoE
power budget is automatically adjusted accordingly. Power management will occur as described in the
Power over Ethernet section of the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide .

78 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Disconnecting the EPS-C/EPS-600LS. To manually disconnect an EPS-C or to remove the EPS-600LS
modules, the recommended practice is to disconnect the EPS-600LS modules one at a time, pausing two
seconds between each EPS-600LS disconnect. This enables a graceful power transition from the external
PSUs to the internal PSU.

Example: Two active EPS-600LS modules in an EPS-C

a Unplug one EPS-600LS unit from its power source.
PoE power is automatically reduced to 370 watts and the internal PSU is enabled providing
redundant 370 watt PoE power.
b Wait at least two seconds before disconnecting the remaining EPS-600LS unit.
c Unplug the second EPS-600LS unit from its power source.
The internal PSU is already enabled and provides uninterrupted 370 watts of PoE power.

NOTE
After an EPS-600LS unit is disconnected from its power source, it may be removed from the EPS-C. See
“Removing an EPS-600LS Power Module” on page 193 for complete disconnect and removal details.

d Disconnect the EPS-C from the switch.

Summit X480 Power Supplies

The Summit X480 series switches can be powered by either of the following power supplies:
● Summit X480 AC power supply (Model 10917)
● Summit X480 DC power supply (Model 10918)

Either power supply provides 450 W of power to the switch.

The Summit X480 series switches accommodate one or two Summit X480 PSUs. In a redundant power
configuration, both power supplies are fully fault-tolerant and load-sharing. You can remove one power
supply without interrupting switch operation.

An AC power input cord is not provided with the Summit X480 AC power supply. You can order an
appropriate cord from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The power cord must meet the
requirements listed in “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 79

 Summit Power Supplies

Summit X650 Power Supplies

The Summit X650 series switches can be powered by either of the following power supplies:
● Summit X650 AC PSU (Model 10914)
● Summit X650 DC PSU (Model 10915)

Either power supply provides 850 W of power to the switch.

The Summit X650 series switches accommodate one or two Summit X650 PSUs. In a redundant power
configuration, both power supplies are fully fault-tolerant and load-sharing. You can remove one power
supply without interrupting switch operation.

An AC power input cord is not provided with the Summit X650 AC power supply. You can order an
appropriate cord from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The power cord must meet the
requirements listed in “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

NOTE
Extreme Networks does not recommended using the Summit X650 DC PSU in combination with a Summit X650 AC
PSU in the same Summit X650 series switch.

80 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

2 Installing the Hardware
3 Site Preparation

This chapter includes the following sections:

● Planning Your Site on page 83
● Meeting Site Requirements on page 84
● Evaluating and Meeting Cable Requirements on page 88
● Meeting Power Requirements on page 93
● Applicable Industry Standards on page 95

By carefully planning your site, you can maximize the performance of your existing network and ensure
that it is ready to migrate to future networking technologies.

The information in this chapter is intended for the system administrator, network equipment technician,
network manager, or facilities manager responsible for installing and managing the network hardware.
The chapter assumes a working knowledge of local area network (LAN) operations, and a familiarity
with communications protocols that are used on interconnected LANs.

Installation, maintenance, and removal of a switch, chassis, or its components must be done by qualified
service personnel only. Qualified service personnel have had appropriate technical training and
experience that is necessary to be aware of the hazards to which they are exposed when performing a
task and of measures to minimize the danger to themselves or other people.

NOTE
Before installing or removing any components of the system, or before carrying out any maintenance procedures,
read the safety information in Appendix A of this guide.

Planning Your Site

To install your equipment successfully, you should plan your site carefully. The site planning process
has three major parts:
● Meeting site requirements
The physical installation site must meet the following requirements for a safe and successful
installation:
■ Building and electrical code requirements
■ Environmental, safety, and thermal requirements for the equipment you plan to install
■ Equipment rack requirements
● Evaluating and meeting cable requirements
After examining your physical site and verifying that all environment requirements are met, evaluate
and compare your existing cable plant with the requirements of the Extreme Networks equipment to
determine if you need to install new cables.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 83

 Site Preparation

● Meeting power requirements

To run your equipment safely, you must meet the specific power requirements for each switch and
external power supply unit installed in the system. For power specifications of the switches, see the
specific switch listings in Appendix B, “Technical Specifications.” For power specifications of the
external power supplies, see “Summit External Power Supplies” on page 261.

Meeting Site Requirements

This section requirements to consider when preparing your installation site, including:
● Operating Environment Requirements
● Rack Specifications and Recommendations

Operating Environment Requirements

Verify that your site meets all environmental and safety requirements.

Virtually all areas of the United States are regulated by building codes and standards. During the early
planning stages of installing or modifying your LAN, it is important that you develop a thorough
understanding of the regulations that pertain to your location and industry.

Building and Electrical Codes

Building and electrical codes vary depending on your location. Comply with all code specifications
when planning your site and installing cable. This section lists resources for obtaining additional
information.

Information about major building codes is located at the following websites:

● International Code Council (ICC); 5203 Leesburg Pike; Falls Church, Virginia 22041 USA.
http://www.iccsafe.org
http://www.sbcci.org

Five authorities on electrical codes are:

● National Electrical Code (NEC) Classification (USA only)—a recognized authority on safe electrical
wiring. Federal, state, and local governments use NEC standards to establish their own laws,
ordinances, and codes on wiring specifications. The NEC classification is published by the National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA). The address is NFPA; 1 Batterymarch Park; Quincy,
Massachusetts 02169 USA. http://www.nfpa.org
● Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL) (USA only)—an independent research and testing laboratory. UL
evaluates the performance and capability of electrical wiring and equipment to determine whether
they meet certain safety standards when properly used. Acceptance is usually indicated by the
words “UL Approved” or “UL Listed.” The address is UL; 333 Pfingsten Road; Northbrook, Illinois
60062-2096 USA. http://www.ul.com
● National Electrical Manufacturing Association (NEMA) (USA only)—an organization of electrical
product manufacturers. Members develop consensus standards for cables, wiring, and electrical
components. The address is NEMA; 1300 N. 17th Street; Rosslyn, Virginia 22209. http://www.nema.org
● Electronics Industries Alliance (EIA)—a trade association that develops technical standards,
disseminates marketing data, and maintains contact with government agencies in matters relating to

84 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 the electronics industry. The address is EIA; 2500 Wilson Boulevard; Arlington, Virginia 22201 USA.
http://www.eia.org
● Federal Communications Commission (FCC) (USA only)—a commission that regulates all interstate
and foreign electrical communication systems that originate in the United States according to the
Communications Act of 1934. The FCC regulates all U.S. telephone and cable systems. The address is
FCC; 445 12th Street S.W.; Washington, D.C. 20554 USA. http://www.fcc.gov

Wiring Closet Considerations

Be aware of the following recommendations for your wiring closet:
● Be sure that your system is easily accessible for installation and service. See “Rack Specifications and
Recommendations” on page 86 for information.
● Use appropriate AC or DC power, power distribution, and grounding for your specific installation.
● Use a vinyl floor covering in your wiring closet. (Concrete floors accumulate dust, and carpets can
cause static electricity.)
● Prevent unauthorized access to wiring closets by providing door locks. Install the equipment in a
secured, enclosed, and restricted access location, ensuring that only qualified service personnel have
access to the equipment.
● Provide adequate overhead lighting for easy maintenance.
● Be sure that each wiring closet has a suitable ground. All equipment racks and equipment installed
in the closet should be grounded.
● Be sure that all system environmental requirements are met, such as ambient temperature and
humidity.

NOTE
Extreme Networks recommends that you consult an electrical contractor for commercial building and wiring
specifications.

Temperature
Extreme Networks equipment generates a significant amount of heat. It is essential that you provide a
temperature-controlled environment for both performance and safety.

Install the equipment only in a temperature- and humidity-controlled indoor area that is free of airborne
materials that can conduct electricity. Too much humidity can cause a fire. Too little humidity can
produce electrical shock and fire.

Follow these general thermal recommendations for your wiring closet:

● Be sure that the ventilation in the wiring closet is adequate to maintain a temperature below 104° F
(40° C).
● Install a reliable air conditioning and ventilation system.
● Keep the ventilation in the wiring closet running during non-business hours; otherwise, the
equipment can overheat.
● Maintain an ambient operating temperature of 32° to 104° F (0° to 40° C).
● Maintain a storage temperature of -40° to 158° F (-40° to 70° C).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 85

 Site Preparation

NOTE
As with all electrical equipment, Extreme Networks product lifetimes degrade with increased temperature. If
possible, temperatures should be kept at approximately 78° F (25° C) or lower.

Humidity
To maximize equipment life, keep operating humidity between 50% and 70% relative humidity (non-
condensing) during typical operation. The equipment can operate between 10% and 95% relative
humidity (non-condensing) for short intervals.

Spacing Requirements and Airflow

Be sure that cables and other equipment do not block the air intake or outflow on an Extreme Networks
Summit family switch. It is best to have at least 3 inches (8 cm) of clear space in front of the air intake
and outflow vents on the sides of the switch; airflow moves from side to side. For proper airflow
through a Summit family switch, leave clear space on the left and right sides of the switch.

Depending on other conditions in the equipment room, it may be possible to install the switches closer
to each other; consult your Extreme Networks Customer Support representative for guidance.

Electrostatic Discharge
Your system must be protected from static electricity or electrostatic discharge (ESD). Take the following
measures to ensure optimum system performance:
● Remove materials that can cause electrostatic generation (such as synthetic resins) from the wiring
closet. Check the appropriateness of floor mats and flooring.
● Connect metal chassis, conduit, and other metals to ground using dedicated grounding lines.
● Use electrostatically safe equipment. If you are working with pluggable interface modules, wear an
ESD-preventive wrist strap and connect the metal end to a grounded equipment rack or other source
of ground.

Rack Specifications and Recommendations

Racks should conform to conventional standards. In the United States, use EIA Standard RS-310C:
Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment. In countries other than the United States, use IEC Standard
297. In addition, verify that your rack meets the basic mechanical, space, and earthquake requirements
that are described in this section.

86 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Mechanical Recommendations for the Rack
Use equipment racks that meet the following mechanical recommendations:
● Use an open style, 19-inch rack to facilitate easy maintenance and to provide proper ventilation.
● Use a rack made of steel or aluminum.
● The rack should use the universal mounting rail hole pattern that is identified in IEC Standard 297.
● The rack should have designated earth grounding connections (typically on the base).
● The rack must meet earthquake safety requirements equal to that of the installed chassis.
● The mounting holes should be flush with the rails to accommodate the chassis.
● The rack should support approximately 600 pounds (272 kilograms).

Protective Grounding for the Rack

Use a rack grounding kit and a ground conductor that is carried back to earth or to another suitable
building ground.

At a minimum, follow these guidelines to ground equipment racks to the earth ground:
● CAD weld appropriate wire terminals to building I-beams or earth ground rods.
● For a Summit DC-powered switch, use a minimum 14 AWG stranded copper wire for grounding.
AC-powered Summit switches do not need separate chassis grounding.
● Position the earth ground as close to the equipment rack as possible to maintain the shortest wiring
distance possible.
● Use a ground impedance tester or micro-ohm meter to test the quality of earth ground connection at
the chassis. This will ensure good grounding between the chassis, rack, and earth ground.

NOTE
Because building codes vary worldwide, Extreme Networks strongly recommends that you consult an electrical
contractor to ensure proper equipment grounding for your specific installation.

Space Requirements for the Rack

Provide enough space in front of and behind the switch so that you can service it easily. Allow a
minimum of 48 inches (122 cm) in front of the rack and 30 inches (76 cm) behind the rack. When using a
relay (two-post) rack, provide a minimum of 24 inches (61 cm) of space behind the mounted equipment.
Extra room on each side is optional.

WARNING!
Extreme Networks switches do not have a switch for turning power to the unit on and off. For systems using an AC
power supply, power to the switch is disconnected by removing the wall plug from the electrical outlet.

For DC-powered Summit switches (X450a-24tDC, X450a-24xDC, and X450a-48tDC) and the EPS-150DC power
supply, turn off power to the chassis by de-energizing the circuit that feeds the power supply; this is usually
accomplished by turning off a circuit breaker. Disconnecting the DC wiring harness from the DC power source
requires the performance of a qualified, licensed electrician.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 87

 Site Preparation

Securing the Rack

The rack should be attached to the wiring closet floor with 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) lag screws or equivalent
hardware. The floor under the rack should be level within 3/16-inch (5 mm). Use a floor-leveling
cement compound if necessary or bolt the racks to the floor as shown in Figure 65.

Figure 65: Properly Secured Rack

SPG_009

Brace open equipment racks if the channel thickness is less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).

Evaluating and Meeting Cable Requirements

This section addresses requirements for the cable you should use when installing your network
equipment. It includes:
● Cabling Standards
● Cable Labeling and Record Keeping
● Installing Cable
● RJ-45 Connector Jackets
● Radio Frequency Interference

Cabling Standards
Extreme Networks recommends using the Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI)
Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD), which is globally recognized as a standard
in site planning and cabling. For information, go to:
http://www.bicsi.org

88 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Cable Labeling and Record Keeping
A reliable cable labeling system is essential when planning and installing a network. Maintaining
accurate records helps you to:
● Relocate devices easily.
● Make changes quickly.
● Isolate faults in the distribution system.
● Locate the opposite end of any cable.
● Know the types of network devices that your cabling infrastructure can support.

Follow these guidelines when setting up a cable labeling system suitable for your installation:
● Identify cables by securely attaching labels to all cable ends.
● Assign a unique block of sequential numbers to the group of cables that run between each pair of
wiring closets.
● Assign a unique identification number to each equipment rack.
● Identify all wiring closets by labeling the front panel of your Extreme Networks equipment and
other hardware.
● Keep accurate and current cable identification records.
● Post records near each equipment rack. Include the following cable drop information: the cable
source, destination, and jumper location.

Installing Cable
Consider the following recommendations when you connect cable to your network equipment:
● Examine cable for cuts, bends, and nicks.
● Support cable using a cable manager that is mounted above connectors to avoid unnecessary weight
on the cable bundles.
● Use cable managers to route cable bundles to the left and right of the network equipment to
maximize accessibility to the connectors.
● Provide enough slack, approximately 2 to 3 inches (5.08 to 7.62 cm), to provide proper strain relief as
shown in Figure 66.
● Bundle cable using hook-and-loop straps to avoid injuring cables.
● If you build your own cable, be sure that connectors are properly crimped.
● When installing a patch panel using twisted pair wiring, untwist no more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) of
the cable to avoid radio frequency (RF) interference.
● Discharge the RJ-45 Ethernet cable before plugging it into a port on the switch.

CAUTION
Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable can build up ESD charges when being pulled into a new installation. Before
connecting any category 5 UTP cable to the switch, discharge ESD from the cable by plugging the RJ-45
connector into a LAN static discharge device or use an equivalent method.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 89

 Site Preparation

● Use plenum-rated cable when it is necessary for safety and fire rating requirements. Consult your
local building codes to determine when it is appropriate to use plenum-rated cable, or refer to IEC
standard 850.
● Keep all ports and connectors free of dust.

Figure 66: Properly Installed and Bundled Cable

Cable managers supporting

and directing cables

Proper
bundling
of cables

Adequate
slack, and
bend radius
SPG_008

Fiber Optic Cable

Fiber optic cable must be handled carefully during installation. Every cable has a minimum bend
radius, for example, and fibers will be damaged if the cables are bent too sharply. It is also important
not to stretch the cable during installation. We recommend that the bend radius for fiber optic cable
equal 2 inches (5.08 cm) minimum for each 90-degree turn as shown in Figure 67.

90 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 NOTE
Kinks and sharp bends can destroy or impair the cable’s ability to convey light pulses accurately from one end of the
cable to the other. Use care in dressing the optical fiber cables: provide satisfactory strain relief to support the cable
and maintain an adequate bend radius at all cable turns, particularly where the cable connects to the I/O module.

Figure 67: Bend Radius for Fiber Optic Cable

Minimum
2-in. (5.08-cm)
radius
in 90∞ bend

90∞

Optical fiber cable SPG_002

Cable Distances
Table 18 shows cable media types and maximum distances that support reliable transmission in
accordance with international standards except where noted.

Table 18: Media Types and Maximum Distances

Mhz•Km Maximum Distance
Standard Media Type Rating (Meters)
1000BASE-SX 50/125 μm multimode fiber 400 500
(850 nm optical
50/125 μm multimode fiber 500 550
window)
62.5/125 μm multimode fiber 160 220
62.5/125 μm multimode fiber 200 275
1000BASE-LX 50/125 μm multimode fiber 400 550
(1300 nm optical
50/125 μm multimode fiber 500 550
window)
62.5/125 μm multimode fiber 500 550
10/125 μm single-mode fiber – 5,000
10/125 μm single-mode fiber* – 10,000
1000BASE-LX70 10/125 μm single-mode fiber – 70,000
(1550 nm optical
window)
1000BASE-T Category 5 and higher UTP cable – 100
100BASE-TX Category 5 and higher UTP cable – 100
10BASE-T Category 3 and higher UTP cable – 100
* Proprietary to Extreme Networks. Connections between two Extreme Networks 1000BASE-LX interfaces
that use 10/125 μm single-mode fiber can use a maximum distance of 10,000 meters.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 91

 Site Preparation

RJ-45 Connector Jackets

Use RJ-45 cable with connector jackets that are flush with the connector or that have connectors with a
no-snag feature.
Using cable with jackets that are wider than the connectors can cause:
● Connectors that are not properly aligned with the port.
● Crowded cable installation, which can cause connectors to pop out of the port.

Figure 68 shows examples of connector jacket types that are not recommended as well as those that are
recommended.

Figure 68: RJ-45 Connector Jacket Types

Not recommended
Best
0.1" = 1mm actual
Better 39.37% : 254% SPG_001

Radio Frequency Interference

If you use UTP cabling in an installation, take precautions to avoid RF interference. RF interference can
cause degradation of signal quality, and, in an Ethernet network environment, can cause excessive
collisions, loss of link status, or other physical layer problems that can lead to poor performance or loss
of communication.

To prevent RF interference, avoid the following situations:

● Attaching UTP cable to AC power cables
● Routing UTP cable near antennas, such as a ham radio antenna
● Routing UTP cable near equipment that could exhibit RF interference, such as ARC welding
equipment
● Routing UTP cable near electrical motors that contain coils
● Routing UTP cable near air conditioner units
● Routing UTP cable near electrical transformers
In areas or applications where these situations cannot be avoided, use fiber optic cabling or shielded
twisted pair cabling (STP).

92 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Meeting Power Requirements
This section describes power requirements, including:
● PoE Devices
● Power Supply Requirements
● AC Power Cables
● Uninterruptible Power Supply Requirements

PoE Devices
When connecting power over Ethernet (PoE) devices to a PoE switch, all connections between the PoE
device and the switch must remain within the same building and use a low-voltage power distribution
system per IEEE 802.3af.

Power Supply Requirements

Follow these recommendations when you plan power supply connections for the Summit family
switches:
● Place the equipment in an area that accommodates the power consumption and component heat
dissipation specifications.
● Be sure that your power supply meets the site DC power or AC power requirements of the network
equipment.
● When you connect power to installed equipment, do not make this connection through an extension
cord or power strip.
● If your switch includes more than one power supply, connect each power supply to a different,
independent power source.
If a power source fails, it will affect only the switch power supply to which it is connected. If all
switch power supplies are connected to a single power source, the entire switch is vulnerable to a
power source failure.
● In regions that are susceptible to electrical storms, we recommend that you plug your system into a
surge suppressor.

For power specifications for the Summit family switches, see Appendix B, “Technical Specifications.”

AC Power Cables
AC power input cords are not provided with Summit switches and power supplies. You can purchase
AC power cords for use in the US and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier.

Power supply cords for use outside of the United States and Canada are typically provided separately
by third-party distribution centers. Make sure that the power cord you use is certified for the country of
end use and suitable for the device.

The power cord must meet the requirements listed in “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 93

 Site Preparation

Uninterruptible Power Supply Requirements

An uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is a device that sits between a power supply (such as a wall
outlet) and a device (such as a switch) to prevent outages, sags, surges, and bad harmonics from
adversely affecting the performance of the device.

A UPS traditionally can perform the following functions:

● Absorb relatively small power surges.
● Smooth out noisy power sources.
● Continue to provide power to equipment during line sags.
● Provide power for a period of time after a blackout has occurred.

In addition, some UPS devices or UPS-plus-software combinations provide the following functions:
● Automatically shut down equipment during long power outages.
● Monitor and log power supply status.
● Display the voltage (current draw) of the equipment.
● Restart equipment after a long power outage.
● Display the voltage currently on the line.
● Provide alarms on certain error conditions.
● Provide short-circuit protection.

Selecting a UPS
To determine UPS requirements for your switch, answer these questions:
● What are the amperage requirements?
● What is the longest potential time period that the UPS would be required to supply backup power?
● Where will the UPS be installed?
● What is the maximum transition time that the installation will allow? (See “UPS Transition Time” on
page 95)

NOTE
Extreme Networks recommends that you use a UPS that provides online protection.

Calculating Volt-Amperage Requirements

To determine the size of UPS that you need:
1 Locate the voltage and amperage requirements for each piece of equipment. These numbers are
usually located on a sticker on the back or bottom of your equipment. Then multiply the numbers
together to get Volt-Amperes (VA):
VA = Volts x Amperes
2 Add the VA from all the pieces of equipment together to find the total VA requirement.
To determine the minimum volt-amperage requirements for your UPS, Extreme Networks
recommends that you add 30% to the total.

94 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

UPS Transition Time
Transition time is the time that is necessary for the UPS to transfer from utility power to full-load
battery power. For Extreme Networks products, a transition time of less than 20 milliseconds is required
for optimum performance.

DC Power Requirements
This system should be installed in a DC-I battery return configuration.In a DC-I configuration, the
battery return conductor should be connected directly to the central office power return bus, and not to
the equipment frame or the grounding means of the equipment.

Applicable Industry Standards

For more information, see the following ANSI/TIA/EIA standards:
● ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-A—discusses the six subsystems of a structured cabling system.
● ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A—discusses design considerations.
● ANSI/TIA/EIA-606—discusses cabling system administration.
● ANSI/TIA/EIA-607—discusses commercial building grounding and bonding requirements.

You can access these standards at:

http://www.ansi.org
or
http://www.tiaonline.org

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 95

 Site Preparation

96 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

4 Building a SummitStack Configuration

This chapter provides information about how to build and connect a SummitStack configuration. If you
intend to use the SummitStack feature, read this chapter before installing the set of Summit family
switches that will be included in the SummitStack configuration.

For instructions to install Summit family switches in equipment racks, see Chapter 5.

The chapter includes the following topics:

● Stacking Summit Family Switches on page 97
● Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation on page 100
● Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring on page 101
● Connecting Stacking Cables on page 108
● Connecting Console Ports for a Stack on page 118
● Management Port Cabling on page 118
● Stacking Port LEDs on page 118

Stacking Summit Family Switches

A stack consists of a group of up to eight Summit switches that are connected together using stacking
cables to form a connected ring, as shown in Figure 69. The stack can combine any Summit series
switches that include support for stacking, as long as you follow port compatibility and cabling
recommendations. See “Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation” on page 100 and
“Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring” on page 101 for more information about combining
switches from different Summit series.

Figure 69: Summit Switches Connected in a SummitStack Configuration

Stack Port 1 Stack Port 2

SummitStack
cables Summit
switches
Stack Port 1 Stack Port 2

Stack Port 1 Stack Port 2

Stack Port 1 Stack Port 2

SH_176

The stack operates as a single switch with a single IP address and a single point of authentication. One
switch, called the stack master, controls the stack. The master runs ExtremeXOS software and maintains

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 97

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

all the software tables for all the switches in the stack. A stack of switches can have only one master
switch. All switches in the stack, including the master switch, are called nodes.

Slot Numbers
A stack can be thought of as a virtual chassis. Each node operates as if it were occupying a slot in a
chassis and is controlled by the master. The high-speed stacking links function like the backplane links
of a chassis.

Each switch (or node) in the stack is assigned a “slot number” during the initial software configuration
of the stack. Starting at the switch with the console connection, numbers are assigned in numerical
order following the physical path of the connected stacking cables. For example, if you follow the
cabling recommendations presented in “Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring” on page 101
and configure a vertical stack from the console on the switch at the top of the physical stack, the
switches Figure 71 will be assigned numbers 1 through 8 from the top down.

Each Summit switch has a seven-segment LED on its front panel, called the stack number indicator.
When a stack is operating, the indicator displays the slot number for the switch. This LED does not
light on switches that are not operating in stacking mode. A quick way to verify that the cable
connections match the software configuration is to check the stack number indicator on each switch. If
the slot numbers do not line up in the order you arranged the switches, this may indicate that the
stacking cable setup differs from what you intended when you configured the software. In this case,
reconnect the cables in the correct order and perform the software configuration again.

About Redundancy
When your stack is operational, one switch is the primary (or master) switch that is responsible for
running network protocols and managing the stack. To provide recovery in case of a break in the stack
connections, you can configure redundancy by designating a backup switch to take over as master if the
master switch fails. When you perform the initial software configuration of the stack, the “easy setup”
configuration option automatically configures redundancy, with slot 1 as the master and slot 2 as the
backup. You can also configure additional switches as “master-capable” to become a stack master in
case the initial backup switch fails.

In a stack that combines Summit X480 series or X650 series switches with other Summit switch models,
a Summit X480 or X650 series switch might provide more memory and more features than other
Summit switch models in the stack. These differences can affect master node selection, backup node
selection, and failover operation. The master and backup roles should be assigned to switches from the
same series. For example, if the master node is a Summit X480 series switch, the backup node should
also be a Summit X480 switch. Similarly, if the master node is a Summit X650 series switch, the backup
node should also be a Summit X650 switch.

In a stack that combines Summit X480 series switches with Summit X650 series switches, Extreme
Networks recommends assigning the master/backup roles to two Summit X480 series switches.

In a stack with multiple master-capable switches, it is possible for more than one switch to try become
the stack master if the stack is physically severed. Such a dual-master condition would cause confusion
and loss of connectivity in your network. To resolve a dual-master condition, you must be able to log in
to each severed stack segment, either over the management network (using the Ethernet management
port on a switch in the segment) or through a direct console port connection to each switch in the
segment.

98 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Stack configuration, easy setup, and redundancy are fully described in the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide .

Stacking Cables
Depending on the switch model and the number and type of stacking ports the bidirectional stacking
link provides 40 Gbps, 256 Gbps, or 512 Gbps full duplex bandwidth. Stacking connections are made
using stacking cables that are specific to the type of stacking port. These cables are available from
Extreme Networks in lengths from 0.5 meter to 5 meters. Table 19 lists the cable types and compatible
Summit switches or modules.

Table 19: Available Stacking Cables

Model Manufacturing
Number Part Number Cable Type, Length Compatible Ports and Devices
16105 900449-10 SummitStack, 5 meter • 40-Gbps fixed stacking ports on Summit X250e,
X450, X450a, X450e series switches
16106 900296-00/ SummitStack, 0.5 meter
10/11 • 40-Gbps stacking ports on VIM1-SummitStack or
VIM1-10G8X modules in Summit X650 series
16107 900297-00/ SummitStack, 1.5 meter
switches
10/11
• 40-Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-SummitStack
16108 900298-00/ SummitStack, 3 meter
modules in Summit X480 series switches
10/11
17021 900610-10 SummitStack 128G, 0.5 meter
128-Gbps ports on VIM1-SummitStack256 or
17022 900611-10 SummitStack 128G, 1.0 meter VIM1-SummitStack512 modules in
Summit X650 series switches
17023 900612-10 SummitStack 128G, 3.0 meter
17026 900617-10 SummitStack 128G/64G, 128-Gbps ports on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules
1.0 meter in Summit X650 series switches
and
64-Gbps ports on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules
in Summit X480 series switches
17030 900614-10 SummitStack 64G, 1.0 meter 64-Gbps ports on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules
in Summit X480 series switches
17034 900618-10 SummitStack 128G/20G, 128-Gbps ports on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules
1.0 meter in Summit X650 series switches
and
• 40-Gbps fixed stacking ports on Summit X250e,
X450, X450a, X450e series switches
• 40-Gbps stacking ports on VIM1-SummitStack or
VIM1-10G8X modules in Summit X650 series
switches
• 40-Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-SummitStack
modules in Summit X480 series switches

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 99

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Table 19: Available Stacking Cables (Continued)

Model Manufacturing
Number Part Number Cable Type, Length Compatible Ports and Devices
17038 900619-10 SummitStack 64G/20G, 64-Gbps ports on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules
1.0 meter in Summit X480 series switches
and
• 40-Gbps fixed stacking ports on Summit X250e,
X450, X450a, X450e series switches
• 40-Gbps stacking ports on VIM1-SummitStack or
VIM1-10G8X modules in Summit X650 series
switches
• 40-Gbps stacking ports on VIM2-SummitStack
modules in Summit X480 series switches
NOTE: Additional types of stacking cables may have been released since this guide was published. Contact your
Extreme Networks sales representative for the most recent information about available cables.

Placing Summit Family Switches for Stacked Operation

This section summarizes the recommended best practices for installing Summit switches for a
SummitStack configuration. For detailed information about how to configure and manage the stack and
how a stack operates, refer to the Extre me XOS Co nce pts Guide .

When you install switches for a SummitStack configuration, follow these recommendations:
● Use the shortest possible stacking cables to connect the switches in the stack; this reduces the
likelihood that the stacking cables might be accidentally damaged or disconnected. Stacking cables
are available in lengths from 0.3 meters to 5 meters (see Table 19).
● When possible, place all switches for the stack in the same rack or in adjacent racks; this facilitates
using shorter stacking cables.
● The stack master is the switch through which you will perform the initial stack configuration, using
the console port. For simplicity and ease of connecting the stacking cables, plan to designate the top
switch in a vertical physical stack as the stack master. If switches are installed in several adjacent
racks, place the stack master at one end of the row.
● Physically locate the intended master and backup nodes adjacent to each other, and connect these
switches directly to each other.
● For easier software configuration of the stack, connect the stacking cables in the order and
arrangement shown in the tables that accompany the examples.
● On the stack master switch, connect the Ethernet management port to your management network.
● To provide management access to the stack in case of a failure in the master switch, connect all
switches that will participate in redundancy to your management network using the Ethernet
management port on each switch.
● Because of the weight of the cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use of cable
management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors when you
use the SummitStack 128G cable, SummitStack 64G cable, or SummitStack 128G/64G cable (see
“Connecting Stacking Cables” on page 108).

100 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Switches from some Summit series have more memory than other Summit models and support
additional features. If the stack combines switches from different Summit series, follow these additional
guidelines:
● To support the additional capabilities in a stack that includes multiple Summit switch series, the
most capable switches should be the master and backup nodes.
● If a Summit X480 series switch is the stack master, the backup node should also be a Summit X480
series switch.
● If a Summit X650 series switch is the stack master, the backup node should also be a Summit X650
series switch.
● If Summit X480 series and X650 series switches are both present in the stack, the master and backup
nodes should both be Summit X480 series switches.

Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring

After you have installed the individual Summit switches (see Chapter 5), connect the switches together
using the stacking cables. The examples in this section show cable connections and the recommended
order for connecting ports to facilitate the easy setup configuration.
In general, it is best to connect Stack Port 2 on one switch to Stack Port 1 on the switch with the next
higher slot number. Although you can connect the switches in any order, connecting them as shown in
these examples will produce better predictability and easier software configuration. It is essential to
create an unbroken data path through all the switches in the stack.

NOTE
The connection recommendations in this section do not apply to Summit X650 series switches with installed
VIM1-SummitStack512 modules. For information about connecting the ports on the VIM1-SummitStack512
modules, see “Using the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module” on page 107.

For instructions to connect specific types of stacking cables, see “Connecting Stacking Cables” on
page 108.

Using SummitStack Ports and 40G Stacking Cables

SummitStack ports are integrated into the back panel of the Summit X250e, X450, X450a, and X450e
series switches. In addition, the X480 series switches and X650 switches accommodate VIMs that
provide SummitStack ports.

The examples in this section show physical stacking arrangements that include all switches in a single
rack, switches in two adjacent racks, and switches at the tops of several racks in a row.

Single-Rack Stacking Configurations

These examples show stacks of either four or eight switches in a single rack. The slot numbers presume
a console connection to the switch at the top of the physical stack.

Figure 70 shows cable connections for a 4-node stack using SummitStack 40G cables to connect switches
with integrated SummitStack ports.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 101

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Figure 70: SummitStack Cable Connections Using Four Summit Switches

with Integrated SummitStack Ports

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

BD_164A

Table 20 lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in this example.

Table 20: Recommended Order for Stacking Connections (4-Switch Stack)

Connect this slot and port . . . . . . To this slot and port
Slot 1 Stack Port 2 Slot 2 Stack Port 1
Slot 2 Stack Port 2 Slot 3 Stack Port 1
Slot 3 Stack Port 2 Slot 4 Stack Port 1
Slot 4 Stack Port 2 Slot 1 Stack Port 1

102 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 71 shows cable connections for an 8-node stack using SummitStack 40G cables to connect
switches with integrated SummitStack ports.

Figure 71: SummitStack Cable Connections Using Eight Summit Switches

with Integrated SummitStack Ports

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 6

Slot 7

Slot 8
SH_175

Table 21 lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in this example.

Table 21: Recommended Order for Stacking Connections (8-Switch Stack)

Connect this slot and port . . . . . . To this slot and port
Slot 1 Stack Port 2 Slot 2 Stack Port 1
Slot 2 Stack Port 2 Slot 3 Stack Port 1
Slot 3 Stack Port 2 Slot 4 Stack Port 1
Slot 4 Stack Port 2 Slot 5 Stack Port 1
Slot 5 Stack Port 2 Slot 6 Stack Port 1
Slot 6 Stack Port 2 Slot 7 Stack Port 1
Slot 7 Stack Port 2 Slot 8 Stack Port 1
Slot 8 Stack Port 2 Slot 1 Stack Port 1

Figure 72 shows an example of a four-switch stack that includes two Summit X650 series switches. In
the Summit X650 series switches, the SummitStack ports are on installed VIM1-SummitStack modules.
The Summit X650 series switches are placed at the top of the stack and will be designated the stack
master and backup nodes. The recommended order for connecting the stacking ports is the same as for
the example in Figure 70 on page 102.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 103

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Figure 72: SummitStack Configuration Using SummitStack X650 Series Switches

and SummitStack 40G Cables

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4
SH_142

Multiple-Rack Stacking Configurations

Figure 73 shows two Summit X480 series switches and two Summit X650 series switches physically
located in two adjacent racks. In each rack, a Summit X480 series switch is placed at the top, with a
Summit X650 series switch below it. The switches are connected into a stack using SummitStack ports
on installed VIM2-SummitStack and VIM1-SummitStack modules. In this example, start by connecting
the Summit X480 switches together; they will be designated the stack master and backup nodes (slot 1
and slot 2, respectively).

Figure 73: SummitStack Connections Using Four Summit Switches

with SummitStack Ports on VIMs

Slot 1 Slot 2

Slot 4 Slot 3 SH_172

Table 22 lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in this example.

Table 22: Recommended Order for Stacking Connections (4-Switch Stack in Two Adjacent Racks)
Connect this slot and port . . . . . . To this slot and port
Slot 1 Stack Port 2 Slot 2 Stack Port 1
Slot 2 Stack Port 2 Slot 3 Stack Port 1
Slot 3 Stack Port 2 Slot 4 Stack Port 1
Slot 4 Stack Port 2 Slot 1 Stack Port 1

104 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 74 shows five switches installed at the tops of five adjacent racks. To accommodate the shortest
possible cables, immediately adjacent switches are not always connected together. Port 2 on one switch
is connected to Port 1 on the next connected switch. If the easy setup feature is used to configure the
stack parameters, the assigned slot numbers will be as shown in the figure.

Figure 74: Top-of-Rack Stack Installation

Rack A Rack B Rack C Rack D Rack E

SH_173
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 5 Slot 3 Slot 4

Table 23 lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in this example.

Table 23: Recommended Stacking Port Connections (5-Switch Stack in Five Adjacent Racks)
Connect this slot and port . . . . . . To this slot and port
1 Rack A Port 2 Slot 2 Rack B Port 1
2 Rack B Port 2 Slot 3 Rack D Port 1
3 Rack D Port 2 Slot 4 Reck E Port 1
4 Rack E Port 2 Slot 5 Rack C Port 1
5 Rack C Port 2 Slot 1 (Rack A Port 1

Combining Different Types of Stacking Ports

Using special conversion cables, you can build a SummitStack configuration that combines 40-Gbps
stacking connections with 256-Gbps connections or with 128-Gps connections. Figure 75 shows a sample
configuration using the following switches:
● Summit X650 series switches with installed VIM1-SummitStack256 modules
● Summit X450a series switch with integrated SummitStack ports
● Summit X480 series switch with installed VIM2-SummitStack module

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 105

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Figure 75: Combining Stacking Port Types

Summit X650 series switch Slot 1

Summit X650 series switch Slot 2

Summit X480 series switch Slot 3

Summit X450a series switch Slot 4

SH_175

The following cables are used to make the stacking connections:

● SummitStack 128G cable between the two Summit X650 series switches at the top (slot 1 and slot 2)
● SummitStack 128G/20G stacking cable between the Summit X650 series switch and the Summit X480
series switch (between slot 2 and slot 3)
● SummitStack 20G stacking cable between the Summit X480 series switch and the Summit X450a
series switch (between slot 3 and slot 4)
● SummitStack 128G/20G stacking cable between the Summit X450a series switch and the Summit
X650 series switch (between slot 4 and slot 1)

Table 24 lists the recommended order for connecting the stacking ports in this example.

Table 24: Recommended Order for Stacking Connections (4-Switch Stack)

Connect this slot and port . . . . . . To this slot and port
Slot 1 Stack Port 2 Slot 2 Stack Port 1
Slot 2 Stack Port 2 Slot 3 Stack Port 1
Slot 3 Stack Port 2 Slot 4 Stack Port 1
Slot 4 Stack Port 2 Slot 1 Stack Port 1

106 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Using the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module
The VIM1-SummitStack512 versatile interface module allows you to connect two Summit X650 series
switches in a cross-over or back-to-back configuration, using SummitStack 128G cables (Figure 76). This
configuration provides two bidirectional links operating at 256 Gbps between the two switches.

Figure 76: Stacking Connections Using VIM1-SummitStack512 Modules

and SummitStack 128G Cables

SH_141

Unlike other stacking configurations, with the VIM1-SummitStack512 modules, ports are connected in
pairs of matching port numbers. When you connect stacking cables to installed VIM1-SummitStack512
modules, match the stacking ports as listed in Table 25.

Table 25: Required Order for Stacking Connections Using the VIM1-SummitStack512 Module
Connect this slot and port . . . . . . To this slot and port
Slot 1 Stack Port 1 Slot 2 Stack Port 1
Slot 1 Stack Port 2 Slot 2 Stack Port 2
Slot 1 Stack Port 3 Slot 2 Stack Port 3
Slot 1 Stack Port 4 Slot 2 Stack Port 4

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 107

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Connecting Stacking Cables

To connect Summit switches in a SummitStack configuration, use the appropriate stacking cables for the
specific stacking ports on the switches. This section provides instructions to connect the following
stacking cables:
● SummitStack 40G cable (see page 108)
● SummitStack 128G cable (see page 109)
● SummitStack 128G/20G cable (see page 111)
● SummitStack 128G/64G cable (see page 113)
● SummitStack 64G cable (see page 115)
● SummitStack 64G/20G cable (see page 117)

Connecting a SummitStack 40G Cable to a Stacking Port

SummitStack 40G cables are used to connect 20-Gbps SummitStack ports on the following Summit
switches:
● Summit X250e, X450, X450a, and X450e series switches with integrated SummitStack ports
● Summit X480 series switches with installed VIM2-SummitStack modules
● Summit X650 switches with installed VIM1-SummitStack modules

To connect a SummitStack 40G stacking cable:

1 Align the cable connector with the stacking port connector on the back of the first switch (Figure 77).
2 Firmly press the cable connector into place on the mating stacking port connector.
3 Align and tighten the retaining screws on the cable connector.

Repeat steps 1 through 3 to connect the cable to the second switch.

Figure 77: Connecting a Summit Stacking Cable

ES4K037

CAUTION
Avoid making sharp bends in the cable. Sharp bends can stress the cable and cause damage.

108 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting a SummitStack 128G Cable
SummitStack 128G cables are used to connect the 128-Gbps stacking ports on the VIM1-SummitStack256
and VIM1-SummitStack512 modules in Summit X650 series switches.
Because of the weight of the SummitStack 128G cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use
of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors.
Figure 78 and Figure 79 show representative types of cable management hardware. Your particular rack
configuration may require other cable management solutions.

Figure 78: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket

SH_123

Figure 79: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and a Stand-Off

SH_124

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 109

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

To connect a SummitStack 128G cable:

1 Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port
on the VIM1 module in the Summit X650 series switch (Figure 80).

Figure 80: Connecting a SummitStack 128G Cable

SH_121

2 Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the connector
clicks into place.
3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to connect the other end of the cable.

110 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting a SummitStack 128G/20G Stacking Cable
SummitStack 128G/20G cables are used to connect the 128-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X650 series
switches to 20-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X650 series or other Summit series switches. The
128-Gbps ports are on VIM1-SummitStack256 modules in Summit X650 series switches. The 20-Gbps
ports are on one of the following:
● VIM1-10G8X module installed in a Summit X650 series switch
● VIM1-SummitStack module in a Summit X650 series switch
● VIM2-SummitStack module in a Summit X480 series switch
● Rear panel of Summit X250e, X450, X450a, or X450e series switches.

To connect a SummitStack 128G/20G cable:

1 Connect the 128-Gbps connector to the VIM1-SummitStack256 module as follows:
a Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking
port on the VIM1 module in the Summit X650 series switch (Figure 81).

Figure 81: Connecting the 128G Connector

SH_149

b Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the
connector clicks into place.
2 Connect the 20G connector as follows:
a Align the cable connector with the stacking port connector on the back of the switch (Figure 82).
b Firmly press the cable connector into place on the mating stacking port connector.
c Align and tighten the retaining screws on the cable connector.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 111

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Figure 82: Connecting the 20G Connector

ES4K037

112 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting a SummitStack 128G/64G Stacking Cable
SummitStack 128G/64G cables are used to connect the 128-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X650 series
switches to 64-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X480 series switches. The 128-Gbps stacking ports are on
VIM1-SummitStack256 modules; the 64-Gbps stacking ports are on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules.
Because of the weight of the SummitStack 128G/64G cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends
the use of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors.
Figure 83 and Figure 84 show representative types of cable management hardware. Your particular rack
configuration may require other cable management solutions.

Figure 83: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket

SH_169

Figure 84: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and Stand-Offs

SH_170

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 113

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

At the Summit X650 series switch, connect the 128G connector to the VIM1-SummitStack256 module.
At the Summit X480 series switch, connect the 64G connector to the VIM2-SummitStack128 module.

The connection process is the same for each connector and the compatible VIM model.

To connect a 128G or 64G connector:

1 Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port
on the VIM1 (Figure 85).

Figure 85: Connecting the 128G/64G Cable

SH_171

SH_164
128G Connector and 64G Connector and
VIM1-SummitStack256 VIM2-SummitStack128
Module Module

2 Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the connector
clicks into place.

114 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting a SummitStack 64G Stacking Cable
SummitStack 64G cables are used to connect the 64-Gbps stacking ports on the VIM2-SummitStack128
module in Summit X480 series switches.
Because of the weight of the SummitStack 64G cable, Extreme Networks strongly recommends the use
of cable management hardware to support the cables and provide strain relief at the connectors.
Figure 86 and Figure 87 show representative types of cable management hardware. Your particular rack
configuration may require other cable management solutions.

Figure 86: Cable Management Using a J-Shaped Support Bracket

SH_166

Figure 87: Cable Management Using Tie-Wraps and Stand-Offs

SH_167

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 115

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

To connect a SummitStack 64G cable:

1 Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking port
on the VIM2 module in the Summit X480 series switch (Figure 88).

Figure 88: Connecting a SummitStack 64G Cable

SH_164

2 Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the connector
clicks into place.
3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to connect the other end of the cable.

116 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting a SummitStack 64G/20G Stacking Cable
SummitStack 64G/20G cables are used to connect the 64-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X480 series
switches to 20-Gbps stacking ports on Summit X480 series, Summit X650 series, or other Summit series
switches. The 64-Gbps ports are on VIM2-SummitStack128 modules in Summit X480 series switches.
The 20-Gbps ports are on one of the following:
● VIM1-10G8X module installed in a Summit X650 series switch
● VIM1-SummitStack module in a Summit X650 series switch
● VIM2-SummitStack module in a Summit X480 series switch
● Rear panel of Summit X250e, X450, X450a, or X450e series switches.

To connect a SummitStack 64G/20G cable:

1 Connect the 64-Gbps connector to the VIM2 module as follows:
a Holding the cable connector with the release tab on top, align the connector with the stacking
port on the VIM2 module in the Summit X480 series switch (Figure 89).

Figure 89: Connecting the 64G Connector

SH_177

b Firmly press the cable connector into the stacking port until the spring latch on top of the
connector clicks into place.
2 Connect the 20G connector as follows:
a Align the cable connector with the stacking port connector on the back of the switch (Figure 90).
b Firmly press the cable connector into place on the mating stacking port connector.
c Align and tighten the retaining screws on the cable connector.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 117

 Building a SummitStack Configuration

Figure 90: Connecting the 20G Connector

ES4K037

Connecting Console Ports for a Stack

To begin the software configuration for a new stack, you must have at least one console port connected.
Connect a console to the console port of the switch that you intend to become the master of the stack. If
you are going to configure redundancy, you may wish to connect to the console ports of all switches in
the stack that you will configure to be master-capable. If you followed the cabling examples in
“Connecting the Switches to Form the Stack Ring” on page 101, and you use the easy-setup
configuration procedure, only slots 1 and 2 will be allowed to become master.

Management Port Cabling

Connect the master, backup, and all other master-capable switches to your management network using
the Ethernet management port on the rear panel of each switch. If you choose the default redundancy
setup, only slots 1 and 2 are allowed to become master. You may connect all switch management ports
in the stack if you choose to do so. There is an alternate IP address configuration that will allow you to
directly log into an individual switch in the stack through its management port.

Stacking Port LEDs

Each stacking port has an LED. The LED is steady green if the link is OK, blinking green if traffic is
present, and off if no signal is present.

118 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

5 Installing Summit Family Switches

This chapter describes how to install and remove Summit family switches and associated components.
The chapter also includes information about connecting network interface cables and establishing
management access.

If you intend to use the SummitStack feature, see Chapter 4 before you install the switches. Chapter 4
provides information about locating stacked switches and connecting the stacking cables.

This chapter includes the following topics:

● Safety Information on page 119
● Installing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than Summit X480 and X650 Series) on page 120
● Installing and Removing Summit DC-Powered Switches on page 122
● Installing a Summit X480 Series Switch on page 127
● Installing Summit X480 Power Supplies on page 134
● Removing a Summit X480 Series Switch on page 143
● Installing a Summit X650 Series Switch on page 149
● Installing Summit X650 Power Supplies on page 156
● Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch on page 164
● Connecting Network Interface Cables on page 169
● Initial Management Access on page 170

Safety Information
Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before you attempt to install or remove a Summit
switch.

NOTE
See Appendix A, “Safety Information” for additional safety information and Appendix B, “Technical Specifications”
for additional information regarding regulatory compliance certifications.

CAUTION
Be sure that proper ESD controls are in use before switch maintenance is performed. This includes but is not
limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

WARNING!
Be sure to connect the chassis ground wire before you connect any DC power cables.
Be sure to disconnect the ground wire after you disconnect all DC power cables.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 119

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Installing a Summit Family Switch (Models Other than

Summit X480 and X650 Series)
This section describes how to install the following Summit family switches:
● Summit X150 series
● Summit X250e series
● Summit X350 series
● Summit X450 series
● Summit X450a series
● Summit X450e series

For instructions to install the Summit X480 series switches, see “Installing a Summit X480 Series Switch”
on page 127.

For instructions to install the Summit X650 series switches, see “Installing a Summit X650 Series Switch”
on page 149.

A Summit family switch can be mounted in a standard 19-inch (48.26 cm) rack or placed free-standing
on a tabletop. The installation process includes the following tasks:
1 Install the switch in a rack or on a table.
2 Ground the switch (DC-powered units only).
3 Connect a redundant power supply (if applicable).
4 Connect power cables.
5 Connect network interface cables.

If you are installing Summit family switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read
Chapter 2, “Building a SummitStack Configuration,” before you install the switches.

For information about grounding and connecting DC-powered Summit family switches, see “Installing
and Removing Summit DC-Powered Switches” on page 122.

For information about installing and connecting redundant power supplies, see Chapter 6, “Installing
Summit External Power Supplies.”

Rack-Mounting a Summit Switch (Models Other than

Summit X480 and X650 Series)
This section describes how to install Summit switches in the following series:
● Summit X150
● Summit X250e
● Summit X350
● Summit X450
● Summit X450a
● Summit X450e

120 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

To install the switch in a rack, you need the following tools and equipment:
● Mounting brackets (provided)
● Screws (provided) to secure the mounting brackets to the switch
■ Eight M3 screws for Summit X350, X450, X450a, and X450e series switches
■ Twelve M4 screws for Summit X150 and X250e series switches
● Four rack mounting screws
The screw size will vary based on your organization’s rack system; screws are not provided.
● Screwdriver for securing the switch to your organization’s rack
The screwdriver size will vary based on the requirements of your organization’s rack system.
● AC power cord
An AC power cord is not included with the Summit family switch. You must obtain a power supply
cord that meets the requirements listed under “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

To rack-mount a Summit switch:

1 Place the switch upright on a secure work surface.
2 Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit.
3 Insert the screws and fully tighten with a suitable screwdriver, as shown in Figure 91.

Figure 91: Attaching the Mounting Bracket

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

45X
46X

47X
48X
Solid
Blink ON = Lin
ing = k
Activ
ity

Sha
red
Por ts

S450_007 SH_035b

Summit X350, X450, X450a, Summit X150 and X250e series

and X450e, series

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the switch.

5 Insert the switch into the rack.
● Take care to load the rack so that it is not top-heavy. Start from the bottom and work up.
● Do not cover vents that would restrict airflow. Leave a half-rack space between the units for
adequate ventilation.
6 Secure the switch with suitable screws (not provided).
7 Connect the switch to the redundant power supply (if applicable). For instructions on installing and
connecting redundant power supplies, see Chapter 2, “Summit Power Supplies.”

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 121

 Installing Summit Family Switches

8 Connect the power cables.

● For AC-powered units, connect the power cable to the AC power connector on the back of the
switch. Then connect the power cable to an AC power socket.
● For information about DC-powered units, see “Installing and Removing Summit DC-Powered
Switches” on page 122.

Free-Standing and Desktop Mounting of Multiple Switches

Summit family switches are supplied with four self-adhesive rubber pads. Apply the pads to the
underside of each device by placing the pad in the marked area at each corner of the switch, ensuring
that all corners are aligned. You can safely place up to four Summit family switches on top of one
another.

Removing an AC-Powered Summit Switch from a Rack (Models

Other than Summit X650 Series)
To remove an AC-powered Summit switch from a rack:
1 Remove power from the switch.
Unplug the power cables from the from the wall outlets first and then from the switch.
2 Disconnect the Summit switch from the redundant power supply (if applicable).
3 Loosen and remove the four screws holding the switch in place in the system rack.
4 Carefully remove the switch from the rack and place it on a secure, flat surface.

NOTE
For information about DC-powered units, see “Removing a Summit DC-Powered Switch from a Rack” on page 126.

For information about removing a Summit X650 series switch from a rack, see “Removing a Summit X650 Series
Switch from a Two-Post Rack” on page 166.

Installing and Removing Summit DC-Powered Switches

This section provides additional details about installing or removing the following Summit DC-powered
switches:
● Summit X250e-24tDC
● Summit X250e-24xDC
● Summit X250e-48tDC
● Summit X450a-24tDC
● Summit X450a-24xDC
● Summit X450a-48tDC

You must adhere to specific safety requirements when you connect or disconnect a DC power source for
one of these Summit switches.

122 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, these products are intended to be installed in Restricted Access Locations
(Dedicated Equipment Rooms, Equipment Closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and
110-18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

NOTE
An optional redundant power supply, the EPS-150DC, is available for use with the Summit DC-powered switches.
When the EPS-150DC is used with a DC-powered Summit switch, the power supplies (internal and redundant) are
fully fault tolerant and load-sharing. If one power supply fails, the other power supply will provide sufficient power to
operate the switch. Refer to “EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2)” on page 76 for further details.

Connecting the Internal DC Power Supply to the DC Source Voltage

Before you connect the switch to a power source, complete the physical installation of the switch in the
equipment rack, as described in “Rack-Mounting a Summit Switch (Models Other than Summit X480
and X650 Series)” on page 120.
If you are installing a Summit DC-powered switch, you must ground the chassis before connecting the
switch to the DC source voltage (see “Grounding a Summit DC-Powered Switch” below).

Grounding a Summit DC-Powered Switch

Before you connect the power input cable to a Summit DC-powered switch, you must ground the
chassis, following the instructions in this section.

Gather the following materials to ground the Summit DC-powered switch:

● Stranded copper wire cable, minimum size 14 AWG, maximum size 6 AWG
The wire should be long enough to reach from the installed switch to the facility ground point
● Torque screwdriver with 1/4-inch flat blade
● Additional grounding hardware appropriate to the earth ground connection at your site

WARNING!
Be sure to connect the chassis ground wire before you connect any power cables.

To ground the switch:

1 At one end of the wire, strip the insulation to expose 1/2 inch (12 mm) of bare wire.
2 Identify the grounding lug on the back of the switch. The grounding lug is next to the edge of the
back panel, identified by the international symbol for earth ground. Depending on the switch model,
the grounding lug may be on either side (see Figure 92).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 123

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 92: Location of the Grounding Lug

Grounding lug Grounding lug

Summit X450a series Summit X250e series

DC-powered Switch DC-powered Switch
SH_060_grounding_lug

3 Insert the stripped wire into the grounding lug (see Figure 93 and Figure 94).

Figure 93: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit x450a Series Switch

Grounding
lug

Ground wire
SH_061_ground_switch

Figure 94: Attaching the Ground Wire to a Summit X250e Series Switch

Grounding
lug

Ground
wire

SH_067_ground_X250e

4 Using a straight-tip torque screwdriver, tighten the retaining screw to 20 pound-inches

(2.25 Newton-meters).
5 Connect the other end of the wire to a known reliable earth ground point at your site.

124 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage
After the internal DC power supply is installed, it must be connected to a DC power source. A
three-wire, 6-foot long DC wiring harness is included with the Summit DC switch and internal DC
power supply. The DC wiring harness mus t be properly connected to the DC source voltage at your
facility by a qualified electrician before the connector on the wiring harness can be attached to the DC
power supply socket on the switch. Figure 95 shows the wiring harness and connector. For information
about the wire-to-pin connection, see Table 51 on page 265.

WARNING!
The Summit X450a-24tDC or Summit X450a-24xDC switch and rack must be connected to protective earth ground
before installing any switch components.

WARNING!
Wiring the DC input power harness to your facilities DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed
electrician. After the wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed
electrician, you can remove, replace and maintain a Summit DC-powered switch without further electrician
assistance. However, always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC
power connections at the rear of the switch.

CAUTION
The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to a DC main circuit breaker rated no greater than 20 A.

CAUTION
Provide proper connection and strain relief on the DC wiring harness in accordance with all local and national
electrical codes.

Figure 95: Three-wire Cable Harness

EWUG005

NOTE
Each wire on the harness has been properly marked for proper attachment to the DC power source. Leave these
labels on each lead wire for future reference.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 125

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Attaching the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the Switch

After the DC wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed
electrician, you can remove, replace, and maintain the Summit DC-powered switch without further
electrician assistance.

NOTE
Be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before you connect the DC wiring harness to the DC power socket.

CAUTION
Be sure that proper ESD controls are in use before switch maintenance is performed. This includes but is not
limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

To attach the DC wiring harness to the internal DC power supply:

1 Plug the DC wiring harness connector into the DC power supply socket on the rear of the switch
(see Figure 96)
The pins must align properly for the cable to completely connect. Do not force the cable into the
socket until the keyway is aligned properly. Refer to Figure 95 for the DC wiring harness connector.

Figure 96: DC Power Socket on a Summit X250e Series DC-Powered Switch

Redundant Power Input

-48 V
1.5 A Max

! See Manual

DC power
socket
SH_068_DC_connector

NOTE
Figure 96 shows the rear panel of a Summit X250e series DC-powered switch. The rear panel of other Summit
DC-powered switches may vary slightly; however, the DC power socket is of the same type and the connection
process is the same for all DC-powered switches.

2 Tighten the retainer nut on the connector until it is finger-tight.

3 Energize the DC circuit.

Removing a Summit DC-Powered Switch from a Rack

WARNING!
Be sure to disconnect all DC power cables before you disconnect the chassis ground wire.

126 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 CAUTION
Be sure that proper ESD controls are in use before switch maintenance is performed. This includes but is not
limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

To remove a DC-powered Summit switch from an equipment rack:

1 De-energize the DC circuit for all power connections.
2 Loosen the retainer nut and unplug the DC power connector from the DC power socket on the rear
of the switch.
3 Disconnect the Summit switch from the redundant power supply (if applicable).
4 At the back of the switch, loosen the retaining screw on the ground lug and pull the ground wire out
of the lug. Move the ground wire out of the way.
5 Loosen and remove the four rack system mount screws holding the switch in place against the
system rack.
6 Carefully remove the switch from the rack and place it on a secure, flat surface.

WARNING!
Removing the DC wiring harness from your facilities DC source voltage requires the performance of a qualified,
licensed electrician.

Installing a Summit X480 Series Switch

The Summit X480 series switch fits into a standard 19-inch equipment rack. The provided
rack-mounting brackets are adaptable to either two-post or four-post mounting.
The installation process includes the following tasks:
1 Install the switch in the rack.
2 Install one or two power supplies and connect power cables.
3 Connect network interface cables.
If you are installing Summit X480 series switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read
Chapter 2, “Building a SummitStack Configuration,” before you install the switches.

NOTE
Take care to load the rack so that it is not top-heavy. Start installing equipment at the bottom and work up.

Pre-installation Requirements
Installing the Summit X480 switch requires two people to maneuver the switch and attach mounting
hardware.
To allow safe handling of the switch during the installation process, make sure you have the following
available space around the rack:
● Back: Minimum 30 inches behind the rack posts.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 127

 Installing Summit Family Switches

● Sides: For a two-post rack installation, allow adequate space for access to the sides of the switch so
that the front mounting brackets can be attached to the switch.

Selecting Rear Mounting Brackets

The Summit X480 series switch has two sets of rear mounting brackets. Use the bracket that best suits
the type of rack installation:
● Shorter brackets—mid-mounting in a 2-post rack
● Longer brackets—mounting in a 4-post rack

Mid-Mounting the Switch in a Two-Post Rack

Use the shorter rear mounting brackets for a mid-mounted switch.

To mid-mount the switch in a two-post rack:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Using rack-mounting screws suitable for your rack, attach a rear mounting bracket to the back of
each rack post (Figure 97).
Do not tighten the screws all the way. You should be able to move the brackets against the rack post.

Figure 97: Attaching a Rear Mounting Bracket

SH_125

128 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

3 From the back of the equipment rack, slide the switch into place over the mounting brackets (see
Figure 98). Make sure the brackets slide between the support pegs on both sides of the switch.

Figure 98: Sliding the Switch onto the Rear Mounting Brackets

SH_126

4 Push the switch forward as far as it will go, until the bracket support pegs are against the T of the
mounting bracket (Figure 99).
Securely tighten the rack mounting screws.

Figure 99: Fastening the Rear Mounting Brackets

SH_128

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 129

 Installing Summit Family Switches

5 At the front of the switch, place a front mounting bracket against each side of the switch, in front of
the ventilation openings in the side of the switch (Figure 100)

Figure 100: Positioning the Front Mounting Brackets

SH_129

6 Using the provided screws, attach each front bracket to the switch (Figure 100).
7 Slide the switch back in the rack until the front mounting brackets are against the front of the rack
post (Figure 101).

Figure 101: Securing the Front Mounting Brackets to the Rack

SH_130

8 Using mounting screws suitable for your equipment rack, secure the mounting brackets to the front
of the rack post.

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect as described on page 135 for AC power
supplies or on page 136 for DC power supplies.

130 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Front-Mounting the Switch in a Two-Post Rack
To front-mount the switch in a two-post rack:
1 Place the switch upright on a secure work surface.
2 Place a front mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit, with the flange at
the front of the switch (Figure 102).
3 Insert and tighten seven screws to secure the bracket to the side of the switch.

Figure 102: Attaching a Front Mounting Bracket

SH_143

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to attach the remaining front bracket to the other side of the switch.
5 Slide the switch into the rack until the mounting bracket flanges are against the rack posts
(Figure 103).
6 At each side, fasten the mounting bracket to the rack post using suitable screws.

Figure 103: Front-Mounting a Switch

SH_144

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 131

 Installing Summit Family Switches

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described on page 135 for
AC power supplies or on page 136 for DC power supplies.

Installing the Switch in a Four-Post Rack

To install the switch in a four-post rack:
1 At the back of the rack, attach a rear mounting bracket to each rear post, as shown in Figure 104.

Figure 104: Attaching Rear Mounting Brackets—Four-Post Installation

SH_145

2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Set the switch on a secure work surface.
4 At the front of the switch, attach a rack-mounting bracket to each side as shown in Figure 105.
Position the bracket with the flange at the front edge of the switch.

132 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 105: Attaching a Front Mounting Bracket

SH_143

5 From the front of the rack, slide the switch onto the rear mounting brackets (Figure 106).

Figure 106: Installing the Switch—Four-Post Installation

SH_146

6 Slide the switch all the way into the rack and secure the mounting brackets to the front posts using
suitable screws (Figure 107).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 133

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 107: Securing the Switch to the Front Rack Posts—Four-Post Installation

SH_147

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described on page 135 for
AC power supplies or on page 136 for DC power supplies.

Installing Summit X480 Power Supplies

The Summit X480 series switch is shipped without installed power supplies. The switch accommodates
one or two Summit X480 power supply units (PSUs).

AC Power Supply Cords

An AC power cord is not included with the Summit X480 AC PSU. AC power cords for use in the US
and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The cord must meet the following
requirements:
● The power cord must be agency-certified for the country of use and rated for 100-240 V AC.
● The power cord must have an IEC 320 C13 connector for connection to the PSU.
● The power cord must have an appropriately rated and approved wall plug applicable to the country
of installation.
● For cords up to 6 feet (2 m) long, the wire size must be 18 AWG (.75 mm2) minimum; over 6 feet, the
minimum wire size is 16 AWG (1.0 mm2).

For additional power cord requirements, see “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

134 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Installing a Summit X480 AC PSU
WARNING!
To prevent an electrical hazard, make sure that the AC power cord is not connected to the PSU before you install
the PSU in the power supply bay.

CAUTION
Make sure that the AC PSU circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a circuit-breaker,
to prevent over-current conditions.

To install a Summit X480 AC PSU:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
grounding point.
2 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X480 series switch (Figure 108).

Figure 108: Removing a Blank Panel

SH_137

3 Verify that the PSU is right side up, with the latching tab at the left of the unit (see Figure 106).
4 Carefully slide the PSU all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 106). Push the PSU in until
the latch snaps into place.

CAUTION
Do not slam the PSU into the switch.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 135

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 109: Installing a PSU

SH_138

5 To install an additional PSU, repeat steps 2 through 4.

NOTE
If PSUs are not installed in both power supply bays, be sure to install a cover over the unoccupied bay.
Unoccupied bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

6 Connect the AC power cord to the input connector on the PSU. Then connect the cord to an AC
power outlet.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the source outlet is properly grounded before plugging the AC power cord into the AC PSU.

Installing a Summit X480 DC Power Supply

To install the Summit X480 DC PSU, perform the following tasks in the order listed:
1 Prepare the power cables and ground cable by attaching the provided connection lugs to the cables
(see next section).
2 Insert the PSU into the Summit X480 series switch (see page 138).
3 Connect the ground (see page 139).
4 Have a qualified licensed electrician connect the PSU to the DC source voltage (see page 141).
5 Energize the DC circuit.

WARNING!
To prevent an electrical hazard, make sure that the DC power cord is not connected to the PSU before you install
the PSU in the power supply bay.

136 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 CAUTION
Make sure that the Summit X480 DC PSU circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a
circuit-breaker, to prevent over-current conditions. Do not use a breaker rated for higher than 30 Amps.

Required Tools and Materials

You need the following tools and materials to install or remove a Summit X480 DC PSU:
● Three spade terminals (Panduit part number PN14-6FN or equivalent) for connecting the ground
and input power cables (provided)
● #14 AWG stranded copper cable for grounding the PSU and connecting the PSU to the DC
power source
DC power and grounding cables are not included with the Summit X480 DC PSU. You must provide
the #14 AWG stranded copper cable. Recommended insulation colors are:
■ Red for the –48V connection (–)
■ Black for the –48V RTN connection (+)
■ Green or green with yellow stripe for the ground connection
● Connection hardware appropriate to the installation site:
■ Hardware for connecting the power wires to the DC source
■ Hardware for connecting the ground wire to the site grounding point
● Stripping tool
● Crimping tool for attaching the lugs to the wires
● #1 Phillips screwdriver
● Torque screwdriver and wrench or torque driver with attachments for tightening screws and nuts
● ESD-preventive wrist strap
● Thermal protective gloves (required for removal of a PSU)

Spade-type connection lugs for power and ground are shipped with the power supply.

Preparing the Cables

Three spade-type terminals are provided with the PSU. You need a crimping tool to attach the terminals
to the power and ground cables.

To prepare the cables:

1 On each wire, strip 0.25 inch of insulation from one end.
2 Insert the stripped wire end all the way into the barrel of the terminal (Figure 110) and crimp the
terminal securely to the wire.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 137

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 110: Attaching a Terminal to a Cable

SH_109

Installing the Power Supply

To install a Summit X480 DC PSU:
1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X480 series switch (Figure 111).

Figure 111: Removing a Blank Panel

SH_157

3 Verify that the PSU is right side up (see Figure 112).

4 Carefully slide the PSU all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 112). Push the PSU in until
the latch snaps into place.

CAUTION
Do not slam the PSU into the switch.

138 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 112: Installing a DC PSU

SH_158

5 To install an additional PSU, repeat steps 2 through 4.

Connecting the Ground Wire

WARNING!
Be sure to connect the chassis ground wire before you connect any power cables.
Be sure to disconnect the ground wire after you disconnect all power cables.

You need a #1 Phillips screwdriver to secure the ground wire to the PSU.

To connect the ground wire:

1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Pull the cover off the terminal block (Figure 113).
4 Identify the grounding point at the left of the terminal block (Figure 113).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 139

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 113: Connecting the Ground Wire

SH_159

5 Connect the ground wire to the grounding point as follows:

a Loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the captive square
washer (Figure 114).
b Slide the spade terminal of the ground wire under the captive square washer.
c Tighten the screw to 7 inch-pounds (0.99 Newton meters) (Figure 114).

140 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 114: Securing the Ground Wire

SH_160

6 Connect the other end of the wire to a known reliable earth ground point at your site.

Connecting the PSU to the DC Source Voltage

The DC power connection at your facility mus t be made by a qualified electrician, following the
instructions in this section.

WARNING!
Always make sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power cables on the
Summit X480 DC PSU.

CAUTION
Provide proper connection and strain relief on the DC power cables in accordance with all local and national
electrical codes.

To connect the DC power input cables:

1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Connect the DC power input cables as follows:
a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the
captive square washer (Figure 115).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 141

 Installing Summit Family Switches

b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–48 V) under the captive square washer on the
negative terminal (labeled –).
c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the
positive terminal (labeled +).

Figure 115: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1)

(+)
(–)

-48V

RTN

SH_161

d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 7 inch-pounds (0.99 Newton meters) (Figure 116).
4 Snap the cover into place over the terminal block (Figure 116).

142 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 116: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 2)

(+)
(–)

-48V

RTN

SH_162

5 Connect the cables to the DC source voltage, using hardware appropriate to the installation site and
following local and national electrical codes.
6 Energize the DC circuit.

Leave the ESD strap permanently connected to the rack, so that the strap is always available when you
need to handle ESD-sensitive components.

Removing a Summit X480 Series Switch

This section provides procedures for removing a Summit X480 series switch from a two-post or
four-post equipment rack.

Removing the Power Supplies

Before you remove a Summit X480 series switch from the rack, remove all installed power supplies, as
described in this section.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 143

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Removing a Summit X480 AC Power Supply

CAUTION
The PSU may be hot to the touch; wear thermal protective gloves when handling the PSU during removal.

To remove a Summit X480 AC PSU:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
grounding point.
2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet and from the power input connector on the PSU.
3 Push the latching tab to the right as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the PSU internal
connectors (see Figure 117).

Figure 117: Removing an AC PSU

SH_139

4 Carefully slide the PSU the rest of the way out of the switch.
5 If a replacement PSU will not be installed, install a cover over the unoccupied power supply bay.

NOTE
Unoccupied power supply bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

Removing a Summit X480 DC Power Supply

WARNING!
Be sure to disconnect all power cables before you disconnect the chassis ground wire.

CAUTION
The DC PSU may be hot to the touch; use thermal protective gloves when handling the PSU during removal.

144 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

To remove a Summit X480 DC PSU:
1 De-energize the DC circuit.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows:
a Pull the cover off the terminal block.
b Loosen the screws that secure the cable terminals to the terminal block.
c Slide the wires out from under the captive washers.
4 Disconnect the ground wire as follows:
a Loosen the screw that secures the ground wire to the terminal block.
b Slide the wire out from under the captive washer.
5 Push the latching tab to the right as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the PSU internal
connectors (see Figure 118).

Figure 118: Removing a DC PSU

SH_163

6 Carefully slide the PSU the rest of the way out of the switch.
7 If a replacement PSU will not be installed, install a cover over the unoccupied power supply bay.

NOTE
Unoccupied power supply bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

Leave the ESD strap permanently connected to the switch, so that the strap is always available when
you need to handle ESD-sensitive components.

Removing a Mid-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing a mid-mounted Summit X480 switch from a rack requires two people to maneuver the switch
and disconnect the mounting hardware.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 145

 Installing Summit Family Switches

To remove a mid-mounted Summit X480 series switch from a two-post rack:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Verify that the power supplies have been removed from the switch.
3 At the front of the equipment rack, support the switch while you remove the rack-mounting screws
holding the front mounting brackets in place against the rack post (Figure 119).

Figure 119: Removing the Front Mounting Screws from a Mid-Mount Installation

SH_130

4 Remove the screws holding the front mounting brackets to the sides of the switch, and set the
mounting brackets aside.
5 Support the front and back of the switch as you slide the switch back, off the rear mounting
brackets, and out of the rack (Figure 120).
Set the switch on a secure work surface.

Figure 120: Removing a Mid-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

SH_127

146 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

6 Remove the rack-mounting screws and detach the rear mounting brackets from the rack post
(Figure 121).

Figure 121: Removing the Rear Mounting Brackets

SH_125

Removing a Front-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing a front-mounted Summit X480 switch from a rack requires two people to maneuver the
switch and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove a front-mounted switch:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Verify that all power supplies have been removed from the switch.
3 Support the switch while you remove the rack-mounting screws holding the front mounting brackets
in place against the rack post (Figure 122).
4 Slide the switch out of the rack.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 147

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 122: Removing a Front-Mounted Switch from a Two-Post Rack

SH_130

Removing a Switch from a Four-Post Rack

Removing the Summit X650 switch from a cabinet or rack requires two people to maneuver the switch
and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove the Summit X650 series switch from a cabinet or four-post rack:
1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Verify that all power supplies have been removed from the switch.
3 Support the front of the switch while you remove the front rack mounting screws (Figure 123).
4 Carefully slide the switch forward out of the cabinet and off the rear mounting brackets.

148 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 123: Removing the Switch from a Four-Post Rack

SH_148

5 Set the switch on a secure work surface. Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove the front mounting
brackets from the sides of the switch.
6 Remove the rear mounting brackets from the rear rack posts.

Installing a Summit X650 Series Switch

The Summit X650 series switch fits into a standard 19-inch equipment rack. The provided
rack-mounting brackets are adaptable to either two-post or four-post (cabinet) mounting.
The installation process includes the following tasks:
1 Install the switch in the rack.
2 Install one or two power supplies and connect power cables.
3 Connect network interface cables.
If you are installing Summit X650 series switches for use in a SummitStack configuration, read
Chapter 2, “Building a SummitStack Configuration,” before you install the switches.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 149

 Installing Summit Family Switches

NOTE
Take care to load the rack so that it is not top-heavy. Start installing equipment at the bottom and work up.

Pre-installation Requirements
Installing the Summit X650 switch requires two people to maneuver the switch and attach mounting
hardware.
To allow safe handling of the switch during the installation process, make sure you have the following
available space around the rack:
● Back: Minimum 30 inches behind the rack posts or back of the cabinet.
● Sides: For a two-post rack installation, allow adequate space for access to the sides of the switch so
that the front mounting brackets can be attached to the switch.

Selecting Rear Mounting Brackets

To allow installation of the switch in cabinets of different depths, the Summit X650 series switch has
two sets of rear mounting brackets. Use the bracket that best suits the cabinet depth or rack depth
where the switch will be installed:
● Shorter brackets—cabinets or racks 25 inches to 31 inches (63.5 cm to 76.7 cm) deep
● Longer brackets—cabinets or racks 25 inches to 36 inches (63.5 cm to 91.4 cm) deep

For a two-post rack installation, the shorter brackets are recommended.

Installing the Switch in a Two-Post Rack

To install the switch in a two-post rack:
1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Using rack-mounting screws suitable for your rack, attach a rear mounting bracket to the back of
each rack post (Figure 124)
Do not tighten the screws all the way. You should be able to move the brackets against the rack post.

150 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 124: Attaching a Rear Mounting Bracket—Two-Post Rack Installation

SH_097

3 From the back of the equipment rack, slide the switch into place over the mounting brackets (see
Figure 125). Make sure the brackets slide between the support pegs on both sides of the switch.

Figure 125: Sliding the Switch onto the Rear Mounting Brackets

SH_082

4 Push the switch forward as far as it will go, until the bracket support pegs are against the T of the
mounting bracket (Figure 126).
Securely tighten the rack mounting screws.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 151

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 126: Fastening the Rear Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack

SH_098

152 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

5 At the front of the switch, place a front mounting bracket against each side of the switch, in front of
the ventilation openings in the side of the switch (Figure 127)
Make sure there is space between the bracket and the ventilation openings.

Figure 127: Positioning the Front Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack

SH_099

6 Using the provided screws, attach each front bracket to the switch (Figure 127).
7 Slide the switch back in the rack until the front mounting brackets are against the front of the rack
post (Figure 128).
Make sure that the ventilation holes in the side of the switch are within the open channel of the rack
post.

Figure 128: Securing the Front Mounting Brackets to the Rack

SH_100

8 Using mounting screws suitable for your equipment rack, secure the mounting brackets to the front
of the rack post.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 153

 Installing Summit Family Switches

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described in “Installing a
Summit X650 AC Power Supply” on page 157 or “Installing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply” on
page 158.

Installing the Switch in a Cabinet or Four-Post Rack

To install the switch in a cabinet or four-post rack:
1 At the back of the cabinet, attach a rear mounting bracket to each rear post, as shown in Figure 129

Figure 129: Attaching Rear Mounting Brackets—Cabinet Installation

SH_102

2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Set the switch on a secure work surface.
4 At the front of the switch, attach a rack-mounting bracket to each side (Figure 130).
Position the bracket with the flange at the front edge of the switch.

154 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 130: Attaching the Front Mounting Brackets—Cabinet Installation

SH_078

5 From the front of the cabinet, slide the switch onto the rear mounting brackets ().

Figure 131: Installing the Switch—Cabinet Installation

SH_080

6 Slide the switch all the way into the cabinet and secure the mounting brackets to the front rack posts
using suitable screws (Figure 132).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 155

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 132: Securing the Switch to the Front Rack Posts—Cabinet Installation

SH_084

7 At each side, fasten the mounting bracket to the back rack post using suitable screws.

After the switch is secured to the rack, install and connect power supplies as described in “Installing a
Summit X650 AC Power Supply” or “Installing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply” on page 158.

Installing Summit X650 Power Supplies

The Summit X650 series switch is shipped without installed power supplies. The switch accommodates
one or two Summit X650 power supply units (PSUs).

AC Power Supply Cords

An AC power cord is not included with the Summit X650 AC PSU. AC power cords for use in the US
and Canada from Extreme Networks or from your local supplier. The cord must meet the following
requirements:
● The power cord must be agency-certified for the country of use and rated for 100-240 V AC.
● The power cord must have an IEC 320 C13 connector for connection to the PSU.
● The power cord must have an appropriately rated and approved wall plug applicable to the country
of installation.
● For cords up to 6 feet (2 m) long, the wire size must be 18 AWG (.75 mm2) minimum; over 6 feet, the
minimum wire size is 16 AWG (1.0 mm2).

For additional power cord requirements, see “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

156 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Installing a Summit X650 AC Power Supply

CAUTION
Make sure that the AC PSU circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a circuit-breaker,
to prevent over-current conditions.

To install a Summit X650 AC PSU:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
grounding point.
2 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X650 series switch (Figure 133).

Figure 133: Removing a Blank Panel

SH_088

3 Verify that the PSU is right side up, with the latching tab at the right of the unit (see Figure 134).
4 Carefully slide the PSU all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 134). Push the PSU in until
the latch snaps into place.

CAUTION
Do not slam the PSU into the switch.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 157

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 134: Installing a PSU

SH_089

5 To install a second PSU, repeat steps 3 and 4.

NOTE
If PSUs are not installed in both power supply bays, be sure to install a cover over the unoccupied bay. Unoccupied
bays must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

6 Connect an appropriate AC power cord to the power input socket; connect the other end of the
power cord to a grounded AC power outlet.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the source outlet is properly grounded before plugging the AC power cord into the AC PSU.

Installing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply

CAUTION
Make sure that the Summit X650 DC PSU circuit is not overloaded. Use proper over-current protection, such as a
circuit-breaker, to prevent over-current conditions. You may use up to a 30-Amp breaker.

To install the Summit X650 DC PSU, perform the following tasks in the order listed:
1 Prepare the power cables and ground cable by attaching the provided connection lugs to the cables
(see next section).
2 Insert the PSU into the Summit X650 series switch (see “Installing the Power Supply” on page 160.
3 Connect the ground (see “Connecting the Ground Cable” on page 161).
4 Have a qualified licensed electrician connect the PSU to the DC source voltage (see “Connecting the
PSU to the DC Source Voltage” on page 162).
5 Energize the DC circuit.

158 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Required Tools and Materials
You need the following tools and materials to install or remove a Summit X650 DC PSU:
● Two spade terminals (Tyco part number 130496 or equivalent) for connecting the input power cables
(provided)
● One ring terminal (Tyco part number 130496 or equivalent) and screw with captive lock washer
(type M3.5) for connecting the ground wire (both provided)
● #12 AWG stranded copper cable for grounding the PSU and connecting the PSU to the DC
power source
A DC power cord is not included with the Summit X650 DC PSU. You must provide the #12 AWG
stranded copper cable. Recommended insulation colors are:
■ Red for the –48V connection (–)
■ Black for the –48V RTN connection (+)
■ Green or green with yellow stripe for the ground connection
● Connection hardware appropriate to the installation site:
■ Hardware for connecting the power wires to the DC source
■ Hardware for connecting the ground wire to the site grounding point
● Stripping tool
● Crimping tool for attaching the lug to the ground wire
● #1 Phillips screwdriver
● Torque screwdriver and wrench or torque driver with attachments for tightening screws and nuts
● ESD-preventive wrist strap
● Thermal protective gloves (required for removal of a PSU)

Connection lugs for power and ground and a screw for connecting the ground wire are shipped with
the power supply.

Preparing the Cables

A ring terminal and two spade terminals are provided with the PSU. You need a crimping tool to attach
the terminals to the power and ground cables.

To prepare the cables:

1 On each wire, strip 0.25 inch of insulation from one end.
2 Insert the stripped wire end all the way into the barrel of the terminal (Figure 135) and crimp the
terminal securely to the wire.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 159

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 135: Attaching Terminals to Cables

Power connection wire SH_109 Ground wire SH_110

Installing the Power Supply

CAUTION
The handle on the Summit X650 DC PSU is not designed to be used to lift or carry the Summit X650 series switch.

To install a Summit X650 DC PSU:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 If necessary, remove a blank panel from the back of the Summit X650 series switch (Figure 136).

Figure 136: Removing a Blank Panel

SH_106

3 Verify that the PSU is right side up (see Figure 137).

4 Carefully slide the PSU all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 137). Push the PSU in until
the latch snaps into place.

CAUTION
Do not slam the PSU into the switch.

160 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 137: Installing a Summit X650 DC PSU

SH_107

5 To install more PSUs, repeat steps 3 and 4.

Connecting the Ground Cable

WARNING!
Be sure to connect the chassis ground wire before you connect any power cables.
Be sure to disconnect the ground wire after you disconnect all power cables.

To connect the ground wire:

1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Identify the grounding point on the front panel of the PSU (see Figure 138).
4 Insert an M3.5 screw (provided) through the ring terminal and into the grounding point on the PSU.
5 Tighten the screw to 12.6 inch-pounds.
6 Connect the other end of the wire to a known reliable earth ground point at your site.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 161

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 138: Connecting the Ground Wire

1 = Grounding point SH_108

2 = Ground wire

Connecting the PSU to the DC Source Voltage

The DC power connection at your facility mus t be made by a qualified electrician, following the
instructions in this section.

WARNING!
Always make sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power cables on the
Summit X650 DC PSU.

CAUTION
Provide proper connection and strain relief on the DC power cables in accordance with all local and national
electrical codes.

To connect the DC power input cables:

1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Slide the cover off the terminal block (Figure 139).
4 Connect the DC power input cables as follows:
a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the
captive square washer.
b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–48 V) under the captive square washer on the
negative terminal (labeled –48V).
c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the
positive terminal (labeled RTN).

162 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 139: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1)

RTN
-48V

(+)
(–)

SH_111

d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 11 inch-pounds (Figure 140).

5 Slide the cover into place over the terminal block (Figure 140).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 163

 Installing Summit Family Switches

Figure 140: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 2)

RTN -48V

(+)
(–)

SH_112

6 Connect the cables to the DC source voltage, using hardware appropriate to the installation site and
following local and national electrical codes.
7 Energize the DC circuit.

Leave the ESD strap permanently connected to the rack, so that the strap is always available when you
need to handle ESD-sensitive components.

Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch

This section provides procedures for removing a Summit X650 series switch from a two-post or
four-post equipment rack.

Removing the Power Supplies

Before you remove a Summit X650 series switch from the rack, remove all installed power supplies, as
described in this section.

164 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Removing a Summit X650 AC Power Supply’
To remove an AC power supply:
1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Disconnect all power cords from the back of the switch.
3 Remove all installed power supplies (Figure 141):
a On each power supply, push the latching tab to the left as you pull the handle to disengage the
power supply from its internal connectors.
b Carefully slide the power supply out of the switch and set it aside.

Figure 141: Removing an AC Power Supply

SH_096

Removing a DC Power Supply

WARNING!
Be sure to disconnect all power cables before you disconnect the chassis ground wire.

CAUTION
The DC PSU may be hot to the touch; use thermal protective gloves when handling the PSU during removal.

To remove a Summit X650 DC PSU:

1 De-energize the DC circuit.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows:
a Slide the cover off the terminal block.
b Loosen the screws that secure the cable terminals to the terminal block.
c Slide the wires out from under the captive washers.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 165

 Installing Summit Family Switches

4 Disconnect the ground wire as follows:

a Remove the screw that secures the ground wire to the PSU.
b Move the wire away from the PSU.
5 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the PSU internal
connectors (see Figure 142).

Figure 142: Removing a DC PSU

SH_113

Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Two-Post Rack

Removing the Summit X650 switch from a rack requires two people to maneuver the switch and
disconnect the mounting hardware.

CAUTION
Make sure that proper ESD controls are in use before maintenance is performed. This includes but is not limited to
wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

To remove the Summit X650 series switch from a two-post rack:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Verify that the power supplies have been removed from the switch.
3 At the front of the equipment rack, support the switch while you remove the rack-mounting screws
holding the front mounting brackets in place against the rack post (Figure 143).

166 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 143: Removing the Front Mounting Screws from a Two-Post Rack

SH_100

4 Remove the screws holding the front mounting brackets to the sides of the switch, and set the
mounting brackets aside.
5 Support the front and back of the switch as you slide the switch back, off the rear mounting
brackets, and out of the rack (Figure 144).
Set the switch on a secure work surface.

Figure 144: Removing the Switch from a Two-Post Rack

SH_101

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 167

 Installing Summit Family Switches

6 Remove the rack-mounting screws and detach the rear mounting brackets from the rack post
(Figure 145).

Figure 145: Removing the Rear Mounting Brackets—Two-Post Rack

SH_097

Removing a Summit X650 Series Switch from a Cabinet or

Four-Post Rack
Removing the Summit X650 switch from a cabinet or rack requires two people to maneuver the switch
and disconnect the mounting hardware.

To remove the Summit X650 series switch from a cabinet or four-post rack:
1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Disconnect all power cords from the back of the switch.
3 Remove all installed power supplies:
a Push the latching tab to the left as you pull the handle to disengage the power supply from its
internal connectors.
b Carefully slide the power supply out of the switch and set it aside.
4 Support the front of the switch while you remove the front rack mounting screws (Figure 146).
5 Carefully slide the switch forward out of the cabinet and off the rear mounting brackets.

168 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 146: Removing the Switch from a Cabinet

SH_104

6 Set the switch on a secure work surface. Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove the front mounting
brackets from the sides of the switch.
7 Remove the rear mounting brackets from the rear rack posts.

Connecting Network Interface Cables

Use the appropriate type of cable to connect the ports of your switch to another switch or router. For
connections to the 10GBASE-T ports on the Summit X650-24t switch, see Table 26 for cable types and
distances.

Table 26: Cable Distances for 10GBASE-T Ports

Cable Type Maximum Distance
CAT5E 55 meters
CAT6 55 meters
CAT6A 100 meters

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 169

 Installing Summit Family Switches

NOTE
Cables used for connection to the 10GBASE-T ports on the Summit X650-24t switch must meet the minimum
requirements of the IEEE 802.3an standard.

Working carefully, one port at a time:

1 Verify that you have identified the correct cable for the port.
2 Use an alcohol wipe or other appropriate cleaning agent to clean the cable connectors; make sure
they are free of dust, oil, and other contaminants.
3 If you are using optical fiber cable, align the transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) connectors with the
correct corresponding connectors on the switch or the I/O module.
4 Press the cable connectors into their mating connectors on the switch or I/O module until the cable
connector is firmly seated.
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the remaining cables on this or other switches or I/O modules.
6 Dress and secure the cable bundle to provide appropriate strain relief and protection against bends
and kinks.

Initial Management Access

When you take your switch from the box and set it up for the first time, you must connect to the
console to access the switch and perform initial security configuration. At this time you can also
manually configure an IP address for the default VLAN.

Connecting Equipment to the Console Port

Connection to the console port is used for direct local management. The console port settings are:
● Baud rate—9600
● Data bits—8
● Stop bit—1
● Parity—None
● Flow control—XON/XOFF

The terminal or PC with terminal-emulation software that you connect to an Extreme Networks switch
must be configured with these settings. This procedure is described in the documentation supplied with
the terminal.

Appropriate cables are available from your local supplier, or you can make your own. To ensure the
electromagnetic compatibility of the unit, use only shielded serial cables. For connector pinouts
associated with the console port, see “Console Connector Pinouts” on page 266.

170 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Logging In for the First Time
After your switch has completed all power on self-tests, it is operational. You can log in and configure
an IP address for the default VLAN (named de fa ult).

NOTE
The management port is part of the management VLAN by default.

To manually configure the IP settings:

1 Connect a terminal or PC with terminal-emulation software to the console port on the Summit
switch.
2 At the terminal, press [Return] one or more times until you see the login prompt.
3 At the login prompt, enter the default user name a dmin to log on with administrator privileges. For
example:
login: admin
Administrator capabilities allow you to access all switch functions.
4 The system will ask a series of questions about the default management settings, which allow all
forms of management access for convenience in setting the initial configuration. Answer each
question based on the level of security needed for the particular management access type.

NOTE
For more information about logging in to the switch and configuring switch management access, see the
ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

5 At the password prompt, press [Return].

The default user name a dmin has no password assigned to it. When you have successfully logged on
to the system, the command line prompt displays the system name (for example, SummitX450>) in
its prompt.

NOTE
For more information about how to assign a specific system name, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

6 Assign an IP address and subnetwork mask for VLAN de fa ult by typing:

configure vlan default ipaddress 123.45.67.8 255.255.255.0
Your changes take effect immediately.
7 Save your configuration changes so that they will be in effect after the next system reboot by typing:
save
The configuration is saved to the configuration database of the MSM modules in the switch.

NOTE
For more information about saving configuration changes, see the ExtremeXOS Concepts Guide.

8 When you are finished with these tasks, log out of the switch by typing:
logout

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 171

 Installing Summit Family Switches

172 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

6 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

This chapter describes how to install external power supplies with the Summit family switches. The
chapter includes the following sections:
● Safety on page 173
● Installing an EPS-160 External Power Module (with EPS-T) on page 174
● Installing an EPS-LD External Power Supply on page 177
● Installing an EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit on page 180
● Installing an EPS-150DC External Power Module (with EPS-T2) on page 183
● Installing an EPS-600LS External Power Module on page 189

Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before you start to install or remove an external power
supply.

Safety
Only trained service personnel should perform service to Extreme Networks switches and their
components. Trained service personnel have read all related installation manuals, have the technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of the hazards to which they are exposed in performing a
task, and are aware of measures to minimize the danger to themselves or other persons.

NOTE
See Appendix A, “Safety Information” for additional safety information and Appendix B, “Technical Specifications”
for additional information regarding regulatory compliance certifications.

CAUTION
Be sure that proper ESD controls are in use before switch maintenance is performed. This includes but is not
limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

CAUTION
The EPS must be installed or removed only by trained service personnel in accordance with the installation
instructions. Before installing or removing any components of the system, or before carrying out any maintenance
procedures, read the safety information provided in Appendix A of this guide. Not following these precautions can
result in equipment damage or shock.

WARNING!
Extreme Networks AC PSUs do not have switches for turning the unit on and off. Remove the wall plug from the
electrical outlet to disconnect the power to an Extreme Networks AC PSU. Make sure that this connection is easily
accessible.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 173

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

When the PSU is outside the chassis (not installed), do not plug the PSU into an electrical outlet. Plugging an
uninstalled AC PSU into an electrical outlet exposes you to a hazardous energy and is a potential fire hazard.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC wiring harness at the
DC power socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit, and before connecting or disconnecting the redundant power
cord between the switch and the EPS-150DC unit.

Pre-installation Requirements
You need the following tools and equipment to install an external power supply:
● Electrostatic discharge (ESD)-preventive wrist strap
● # 1 Phillips screwdriver
● Rack mount screws suitable for your organization’s equipment rack
● Screwdriver suitable for use with your rack-mount screws
● AC power cord
An AC power cord is not included with the external power supply. You must obtain a power supply
cord that meets the requirements listed under “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

NOTE
When you connect an external power supply, consider all of the equipment that is connected to the power supply
circuit to ensure that the circuit is not overloaded. Use proper overcurrent protection, such as a circuit breaker, to
prevent overcurrent conditions.

The switch and each redundant power supply source should be plugged into separate branch circuits to provide
redundancy.

Installing an EPS-160 External Power Module

(with EPS-T)
You can order the EPS-T chassis with one or two EPS-160 power supplies already installed. You can also
order an additional power supply from your Extreme Networks reseller.

The EPS-T can be mounted in a rack or placed free-standing on a tabletop.

174 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Rack-Mounting the EPS-T

CAUTION
Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-T from under a table or desk, or to attach the EPS-T to a
wall.

To rack mount the EPS-T:

1 Place the EPS-T upright on a stable surface, with the front facing you.
2 Remove the mounting bracket kit from the packaging.
3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows:
a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the EPS-T (see Figure 147).
b Insert the screws and fully tighten them using a screwdriver.

Figure 147: Attaching the Mounting Bracket

ES4K026

c Repeat steps a and b for the other side of the EPS-T.

4 Slide the EPS-T into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

Installing an EPS-160 Power Supply into an EPS-T

To install an EPS-160 power supply into the EPS-T:
1 Remove the EPS-160 power supply from the packing material.
2 Remove the cover plate from an empty slot on the EPS-T.
3 Insert the power supply into the empty slot on the EPS-T.
4 Tighten the captive thumbscrews to secure the power supply to the EPS-T.
5 Connect the EPS-160 power supply to the Summit switch, following the instructions in the next
section, “Connecting the EPS-160 Power Supply to the Switch.”

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 175

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Connecting the EPS-160 Power Supply to the Switch

One end of the EPS-160 redundant power cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the
connector (Figure 148). The key is a plastic tab on the cord connector housing that fits into the EPS-160
unit to ensure correct alignment of the connector.

Figure 148: Redundant Power Cord Connector

ES4K027

CAUTION
Always connect the redundant power supply cord before you attach the AC power cord to the EPS-160 power supply.

To connect the EPS-160 power supply to the switch:

1 Connect the keyed end of the redundant power supply cord to the EPS-160 power supply (see
Figure 149).
2 Connect the other end of the redundant power supply cord to the Extreme switch (see Figure 149).
This connector end can only be inserted into the switch with the end marked TOP facing up.

NOTE
If your switch was shipped with a metal cover plate over the redundant power input connector, remove the cover.

WARNING!
The redundant power input connector on the rear of the switch contains high energy and is a burn hazard. Use
care when connecting the redundant power supply cord to the rear of the switch.

Figure 149: Redundant Power Connections

Slot for plug

To AC

Keyed end of
redundant power cable
Redundant
power cable
S450_008

176 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

3 Connect an appropriate AC power cord to the AC connector on each unit.

NOTE
An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-160 unit. See “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218 for
information about selecting a power cord.

The PSU-E LED on the front of the EPS-160 should light solid green to indicate that it is ready.

Table 27 shows the LED meanings for the EPS-160.

Table 27: LED Meanings on the EPS-160 Power Supply

Power LED Indicates
Green, solid The external power supply is operating normally.
Off The external power supply is not connected.

Removing an EPS-160 Power Supply from an EPS-T

To remove an EPS-160 power supply from an EPS-T:
1 Disconnect the AC power by removing the plug from the wall.
2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the EPS-160.
3 Disconnect the redundant power cord from the EPS-160.
4 Loosen the captive retaining screws on the front of the EPS-160 and slide it out of the EPS-T.

Installing an EPS-LD External Power Supply

The EPS-LD power supply can be mounted in a rack or placed free-standing on a tabletop. You can
position the EPS-LD facing either the front or the back of the rack. For this reason, each unit has two
sets of mounting holes on each side. Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-LD so
that the power output connectors on the EPS-LD unit are on the same side as the external connector on
the connecting switch.

CAUTION
Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-LD from under a table or desk, or to attach the unit to a
wall.

NOTE
An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-LD power supply. See “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218
for information about selecting a power cord.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 177

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Rack-mounting the EPS-LD Power Supply

NOTE
When installing an EPS-LD in a rack, make sure air vents are not restricted. Allow for elevated ambient operating
temperatures when the EPS-LD is installed adjacent to other equipment. Be sure you mount the equipment in the
rack so that the load is evenly distributed.

To rack-mount each EPS-LD unit:

1 Place the EPS-LD unit upright on a stable surface, with the side you want to face to the front of the
switch toward you.
2 Remove the mounting bracket kit from the packaging.
3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows:
a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit (see Figure 150).
b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten them using a screwdriver.

Figure 150: Attaching the Mounting Bracket

Collin's
ES4K026
XM_054

c Repeat steps a and b for the other side of the EPS-LD unit.
4 Slide the EPS-LD into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

NOTE
Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-LD so that the output connectors are on the same side
as the external connector on the connecting switch. If you mount the EPS-LD with the connectors facing in the
opposite direction from the Summit switch connector, leave at least 1 U between the switch and the EPS-LD
through which to slide the power cords. Do not route the power cords around the equipment rack.

178 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Connecting the EPS-LD to the Switch

CAUTION
Do not attach the AC power cord to the EPS-LD unit until the unit is properly grounded at the electrical outlet and
the redundant power supply cord is connected.

One end of the EPS-LD cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector
(Figure 151). The key is a plastic tab on the cord connector housing that fits into the EPS-LD unit to
ensure correct alignment of the connector.

Figure 151: EPS-LD Connector with Key

Collin's
ES4K027
XM_055

To connect the EPS-LD to the switch:

1 Connect the keyed end of the cord to the power supply unit (see Figure 152).
2 Align and tighten the captive retaining screws on the connector.
3 Connect the other end of the EPS-LD cord to the Extreme switch.
The connector fits in only one direction.

NOTE
If your switch was shipped with a metal cover plate over the redundant power input connector, remove the cover.

WARNING!
The redundant power input connector on the rear of the switch contains high energy and is a burn hazard. Use
care when connecting the redundant power supply cord to the rear of the switch.

Figure 152: Connecting an EPS-LD Unit to a Switch

Keyed end of
redundant power cable Slot for key

EPS-LD

To AC

Extreme switch
Redundant
power cable To AC
Collin's
ES4K021A
XM 053

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 179

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Connecting the EPS-LD to Power

An AC input power cord is not provided with the EPS-LD. For information about power cord
requirements, see “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Make sure the EPS-LD is connected to the switch before you connect the AC power.

CAUTION
The EPS-LD does not have a switch for turning the unit on and off. You disconnect power to the EPS-LD by
removing the plug from the electrical outlet. Make sure that this connection is easily accessible.

To connect the EPS-LD to power:

1 Connect the AC input power cord to the AC connector on the EPS-LD.
2 Connect the other end of the AC cord to the electrical outlet.
Make sure the electrical outlet is properly grounded.
The Power LED on the front of the EPS-LD turns solid green to indicate that it is ready.

Table 28 shows the LED meanings for the EPS-LD power supply.

Table 28: LED Meanings on the EPS-LD

Power LED Indicates
Green, solid The external power supply is operating normally.
Off The external power supply is not connected.

Removing an EPS-LD
To remove an EPS-LD power supply:
1 Disconnect the AC power by removing the plug from the wall.
2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the EPS-LD unit.
3 Disconnect the cord between the Extreme switch and the EPS-LD.
4 Remove the screws from the EPS-LD mounting brackets.
5 Slide the EPS-LD out of the rack.

Installing an EPS-500 External Power Supply Unit

You can position the EPS-500 facing either the front or the back of the rack. For this reason, each unit
has two sets of mounting holes on each side. Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-
500 unit so that the power output connectors of the EPS-500 unit are on the same side as the external
connector on the connecting switch.

The EPS-500 unit can be mounted in a rack or placed free-standing on a tabletop.

180 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 NOTE
An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-500 unit. See “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218 for
information about selecting a power cord.

Rack-mounting an EPS-500 Power Supply

CAUTION
When installing an EPS-500 in a rack system, make sure that the air vents are not restricted. Allow for elevated
ambient operating temperatures when the unit is installed adjacent to other equipment. To avoid hazardous
conditions due to uneven mechanical loading, make sure that the equipment is mounted properly in the rack
system.

Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-500 from under a table or desk, or to attach the unit to a
wall.

To rack-mount each EPS-500:

1 Place the EPS-500 upright on a stable surface, with the side you want to face to the front of the
switch toward you.
2 Remove the mounting bracket kit from the packaging.
3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows:
a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the EPS-500 (see Figure 153).
b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten the screws using a screwdriver.

Figure 153: Attaching a Mounting Bracket

Collin's
ES4K026
XM_073

c Repeat steps a and b on the opposite side of the EPS-500.

4 Slide the EPS-500 into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.I

NOTE
Extreme Networks recommends that you position the EPS-500 so that the output connectors are on the same
side as the external connector on the connecting switch. If you position the EPS-500 with the connectors facing
in the opposite direction from the Summit switch connector, leave at least 1 u between the switch and the EPS-
500 through which to slide the power cords. Do not route the power cords around the equipment rack.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 181

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Connecting the EPS-500 Power Supply

CAUTION
Do not attach the AC power cord to the EPS-500 unit until the unit is properly grounded at the electrical outlet and
the redundant power cord is connected.

One end of the EPS-500 cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector
(Figure 154). The key is a plastic tab on the connector housing that fits into the EPS-500 unit to ensure
correct alignment of the connector.

Figure 154: EPS-500 Redundant Power Cord with Connector Key

Collin's
ES4K027
XM_055

1 Connect the keyed end of the EPS-500 redundant power cord to the power supply unit (see
Figure 155).
2 Connect the other end of the redundant power cord to the Extreme switch.
The connector fits the slot in only one direction.

NOTE
If your switch was shipped with a metal cover plate over the redundant power input connector, remove the cover.

WARNING!
The redundant power input connector on the rear of the switch contains high energy and is a burn hazard. Use
care when connecting the redundant power supply cord to the rear of the switch.

Figure 155: Connecting an EPS-500 Unit to a Switch

Keyed end of
redundant power cord Slot for key

EPS-500

To AC

Extreme switch
Redundant
power cord To AC
Collin's
ES4K021A
XM_074

182 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

3 Connect an appropriate AC input power cord to the AC connector on the EPS-500 unit.

NOTE
An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-500 unit. See “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218 for
information about selecting a power cord.

CAUTION
The EPS-500 unit does not have a switch for turning the unit on and off. Disconnect power to the EPS-500 unit
by removing the plug from the electrical outlet. Be sure that this connection is easily accessible to you.

4 Connect the other end of the AC power cord to the electrical outlet.
Be sure that the electrical outlet is properly grounded.

The Power LED on the front of the EPS-500 unit turns solid green to indicate that it is ready. Table 29
shows the LED meanings for the power supply.

Table 29: LED Meanings on the EPS-500 Power Supply

Power LED Indicates
Green, solid The external power supply is operating normally.
Off The external power supply is not connected.

Removing an EPS-500 Power Supply

To remove an EPS-500 power supply:
1 Disconnect the AC power by removing the plug from the wall.
2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the EPS-500 power supply.
3 Remove the redundant power cord that connects the switch to the power supply.
4 Remove the mounting screws securing the power supply to the rack.
5 Slide the power supply out of the rack.

Installing an EPS-150DC External Power Module (with

EPS-T2)
The EPS-150DC power supply is a modular power supply for use in the EPS-T2 External Power System
Tray. The EPS-T2 is a rack-mountable chassis or tray that holds one or two EPS-150DC power supplies.
Each EPS-150DC provides one-to-one redundancy to an attached Extreme Networks switch. You must
install the EPS-150DC power supply in the EPS-T2 tray.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 183

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

NOTE
For centralized DC power connection, this product is intended to be installed in restricted access locations
(dedicated equipment rooms, equipment closets, or the like) in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-
18 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

CAUTION
Do not use the rack-mount brackets to suspend the EPS-T2 from under a table top or desk, or to attach the EPS-T2
to a wall.

Rack-mounting the EPS-T2

To install the EPS-T2:
1 Place the EPS-T2 upright on a secure surface, with the front facing you.
2 Remove the mounting bracket kit from the packaging.
3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows:
a Place a mounting bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the EPS-T2 (see Figure 156).
b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten with a screwdriver.

Figure 156: Attaching the Mounting Bracket

ES4K026

c Repeat steps a and b for the other side of the EPS-T2.

4 Slide the EPS-T2 into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.

184 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Installing an EPS-150DC Power Supply

NOTE
Install the EPS-T2 before you begin installing the EPS-150DC.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC wiring harness at the
DC power socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit, and before connecting or disconnecting the redundant power
cord between the switch and the EPS-150DC unit.

Installing an EPS-150DC unit consists of the following tasks:

● Connecting the DC wiring harness to the DC source voltage (see page 185).
This task must be performed by a licensed, qualified electrician.
● Installing an EPS-150DC unit in an EPS-T2 (see page 186)
● Connecting the DC wiring harness to the DC power socket on the EPS-150DC (see page 186)
● Connecting the EPS-150DC to a switch (see page 187)

Perform these four tasks in the order they are described.

Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Source Voltage

The EPS-150DC power module must be connected to a DC power source. A three-wire, 6-foot long DC
wiring harness (Figure 157) is included with the EPS-150DC unit. The DC wiring harness mus t be
properly connected to the DC source voltage at your facility by a qualified electrician before the
connector on the wiring harness can be attached to the DC power supply socket on the rear of the unit.
See Appendix B, “Technical Specifications” for information about connector pinouts and for DC power
specifications to be used in connecting the wiring harness to the DC source voltage.

WARNING!
Wiring the EPS-150DC DC wiring harness to your facilities DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified,
licensed electrician. After the wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed
electrician, you can remove, replace and maintain the ESP-150DC without further electrician assistance. However,
always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting or disconnecting the DC power connection at
the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.

CAUTION
The DC wiring harness must be properly connected to a DC main circuit breaker or fuse rated no greater than 20 A.

Provide proper connection and strain relief on the DC wiring harness in accordance with all local and national
electrical codes.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 185

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Figure 157: Three-wire Cable Harness

EWUG005

NOTE
Each wire on the harness has been properly marked for proper attachment to the DC power source. Leave these
labels on each lead wire for future reference.

Installing an EPS-150DC Unit into an EPS-T2

WARNING!
The EPS-150DC unit and rack must be connected to protective earth ground.

To install an individual EPS-150DC into an EPS-T2:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to the ground
receptacle on the top right corner of the switch front panel.
2 Remove the EPS-150DC from the packing material.
3 Insert the EPS-150DC into the front of the EPS-T2.
4 Tighten the provided thumbscrews to secure the power supply to the tray.

Connecting the DC Wiring Harness to the DC Power Socket on the EPS-150DC

After the DC wiring harness is connected to a permanent DC voltage source by a qualified, licensed
electrician, you can remove, replace, and maintain the EPS-150DC unit without further electrician
assistance.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting the DC wiring harness to the DC power socket.

To connect the DC wiring harness to the EPS-150DC unit:

1 Verify that the DC power is turned off at the source.
2 Plug the DC cable connector into the DC power supply socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.
The pins must align properly for the cable to completely connect. Do not force the cable into the
socket until the keyway is aligned properly. Refer to Figure 157 for the DC wiring harness connector
and to Figure 158 for the DC power socket location on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.

186 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 158: Connecting the Input Cable to the EPS-150DC Unit

EPS-150DC DC wiring
in EPS-T2 harness
EPS-15DC_001C

3 Tighten the retainer nut on the connector until it is finger tight.

Connecting the EPS-150DC to a Switch

If you are connecting the EPS-150DC unit to a Summit X450a-48tDC switch, you must ground the
switch before connecting power. For instructions on grounding the switch, see “Grounding a Summit
DC-Powered Switch” on page 123.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before connecting the EPS-150DC to the switch.

One end of the EPS-150DC cord has a keyed connector to ensure correct alignment of the connector
(Figure 159). The key is a plastic tab on the connector housing that fits into the EPS-150DC unit to
ensure correct alignment of the connector.

Figure 159: EPS-150DC Redundant Power Cord with Connector Key

Collin's
ES4K027
XM_055

To connect the EPS-150DC to a switch:

1 Verify that the DC power is turned off at the source.
2 Identify the keyed end of the redundant power cable.
3 Holding the keyed connector so that the side labeled “Top” is facing up, connect the EPS-150DC
redundant power cable to the power supply unit (see Figure 160).
4 Align and tighten the connector retaining screws to secure the cable connector to the power supply
unit.
5 Connect the other end of the redundant power cord to the Extreme switch.
The connector fits the slot in only one direction.
6 Align and tighten the captive retaining screws to secure the cable connector to the switch.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 187

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Figure 160: Connecting an EPS-150DC Unit to a Switch

Keyed end of
redundant
power cord Slot for key

-48 V
2.0 A Max

Extreme switch
To DC Power
Source
DC wiring
harness

EPS-150DC To DC
Redundant
Power
power cord DC wiring Source
harness
EPS-150DC_002B

7 Energize the DC circuit.

The Power LED on the front of the EPS-150DC unit turns solid green to indicate that it is ready. Table 29
shows the LED meanings for the power supply.

Table 30: LED Meanings on the EPS-150DC Power Supply

Power LED Indicates
Green, solid The external power module is operating normally.
Off The external power module is not connected.

Removing an EPS-150DC Power Module

WARNING!
Always be sure that the DC circuit is de-energized before disconnecting any cables and attempting to remove an
EPS-150DC unit.

WARNING!
Removing the DC wiring harness from your facilities DC source voltage requires the performance of a qualified,
licensed electrician.

188 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

To disconnect and remove an EPS-150DC unit:
1 Attach the ESD strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to the ground receptacle on the top-
right corner of the switch front panel.
2 De-energize the DC circuit.
3 Remove power from the EPS-150DC power module by unplugging the DC connector from the DC
power supply socket on the rear of the EPS-150DC unit.
Loosen the retainer nut on the DC power connector and unplug the connector from the back of the
power unit.
4 At each end of the redundant power cable, unscrew the captive retaining screws on the power
connector and disconnect the cable from the switch and the EPS-150DC unit.
5 Loosen the thumbscrews on the front of the EPS-150DC unit until they are completely free of the
EPS-T tray, and slide the EPS-150 unit out of the tray.

Installing an EPS-600LS External Power Module

You install one, two, or three EPS-600LS power modules (model 10913) in the EPS-C chassis (Model No.
10912) to build an external redundant power system for a Summit PoE-capable switch. A redundant
power cable shipped with the EPS-C chassis provides the connection between the external power
system and the redundant power input connector on the back of the switch.

NOTE
An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-600LS power module. See “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on
page 218 for information about selecting a power cord.

Each EPS-C chassis is shipped with a special redundant power supply cord for connection to the Summit switch.
Make sure that the EPS-C chassis is installed in the rack system before installing an EPS-600LS unit.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 189

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Installing an EPS-C Chassis

CAUTION
Do not use the rack mount brackets to suspend the EPS-C from under a table top or desk, or to attach the EPS-C
unit to a wall.

The EPS-C is intended for use only with a Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch. You can install the
EPS-C above or below the Summit switch (see Figure 161).

Figure 161: EPS-C and Summit Switch

ESP-C

EPS-C

PSU1 PSU2 PSU3

DC good

AC good

Stack 10G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 45X 46X 47X 48X Solid ON = Link

1 1 Blinking = Activity
2 2

MGMT

FAN STACK NO.

PSU-1

PSU-E

Shared Ports

Summit X450e-48p Switch

ESP-C_02

To rack-mount the EPS-C:

1 Place the EPS-C upright on a secure work surface.
2 Remove the mounting bracket kit from the packaging.
3 Attach the mounting brackets as follows:
a Place a rack mount bracket over the mounting holes on one side of the unit.
b Insert the provided screws and fully tighten them using a screwdriver (see Figure 162).

Figure 162: Attaching the Mounting Bracket

EPS-C

S-C
EP

Rack Mount Bracket

EPS-C_01

190 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 c Repeat steps a and b for the other side of the EPS-C.
4 Slide the EPS-C into a 19-inch rack and secure it using appropriate rack-mount screws.
5 Connect the keyed end of the redundant power cord to the EPS-C (see Figure 163). Verify that the
side of the connector marked TOP is facing up.
The key is a plastic tab on the cable connector housing that fits into the EPS-C to ensure correct
alignment of the connector.
6 Connect the other end of the redundant power cord to the Summit X450e-48p or X250e-48p switch
(see Figure 163). Be sure that the side of the connector marked TOP is facing up.

Figure 163: Installing the Redundant Power Cord

Connect First

Redundant Power Output

! See Manual

EPS-C_03A

Installing an EPS-600LS Power Supply

To install an EPS-600LS unit into an EPS-C:
1 If necessary, remove a cover plate from a slot in the EPS-C.
2 Slide the EPS-600LS into an empty slot in the EPS-C (see Figure 164).

CAUTION
Be sure that empty slots in the EPS-C chassis are always covered by a cover plate when not in use. The EPS-C is
shipped with slots 2 and 3 covered and slot 1 open. Extreme Networks recommends that you populate slot 1
with an EPS-600LS unit first, but this is not required. You can install EPS-600LS units into any of the slots in
the EPS-C. The installation sequence does not affect the performance of the power supply units, but empty slots
must be covered at all times.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 191

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

Figure 164: Installing the EPS-600LS Unit in the EPS-C Chassis

! See Manual

O.T.P

DC OK

AC OK

EPS-C_04A

3 Slide the unit completely into the chassis until the front of the EPS-600LS is flush with the surface of
the EPS-C (see Figure 165).
4 Tighten the two captive screws on the EPS-600LS unit into the EPS-C (see Figure 165). This secures
the unit in place.

Figure 165: Securing the EPS-600LS to the EPS-C Chassis

Tighten Screws

EPS-600LS

O.T.P

DC OK

! See Manual AC OK

EPS-C_05A

5 Connect an appropriate AC power cord to the AC connector on the EPS-600LS unit (see Figure 166).
Use the cable clip on the EPS-600LS unit to hold the AC power cord in place (see Figure 166).

192 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 NOTE
An AC power cord is not provided with the EPS-600LS unit. See “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218
for information about selecting a power cord.

CAUTION
The EPS-600LS unit does not have a switch for turning the unit on and off. Disconnect power to the EPS-600LS
unit by removing the plug from the electrical outlet. Make sure that this connection is easily accessible to you.

Figure 166: Installing the Redundant Power Cord

Cable Clip

O.T.P

DC OK

! See Manual AC OK

To AC
Power Cord

EPS-C_06A

6 Connect the other end of the AC power cord to the electrical outlet (see Figure 166).
Be sure that the electrical outlet is properly grounded.
7 Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each EPS-600LS unit.

Removing an EPS-600LS Power Module

To manually disconnect an EPS-C or to remove the EPS-600LS modules, the recommended practice is to
disconnect the EPS-600LS modules one at a time, pausing two seconds after each EPS-600LS disconnect.
This enables a graceful power transition from the external PSUs to the internal PSU.

To remove an EPS-600LS unit:

1 Disconnect the AC power by removing the plug from the wall.
2 Release the cable clip securing the AC power cord to the EPS-600LS unit.
3 Disconnect the AC power cord from the EPS-600LS unit.
4 Loosen the captive screws on the EPS-600LS unit securing it to the EPS-C.
5 Slide the EPS-600LS unit out of the EPS-C.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 193

 Installing Summit External Power Supplies

194 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

7 Summit Option Cards

This chapter describes Summit option cards available for use with Summit X350 series, X450 series,
X450a series, and X450e series switches. The chapter includes the following sections

● Overview on page 195

● Safety Information on page 196
● Summit XGM-2xn Option Card on page 196
● Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card on page 197
● Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card on page 198
● Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card on page 199
● Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card on page 199
● Installing a Summit Port Option Card on page 200

NOTE
Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before trying install or remove a Summit option card.

Overview
Five types of Summit port option card are available for the Summit X350, X450, X450a, and X450e series
switches:
● Summit XGM-2xn option card: Adds one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK optical transceivers to a
Summit X450 series switch.
● Summit XGM2-2xn option card: Adds one or two 10-gigabit XENPAK optical transceivers to a
Summit X450a series or X450e series switch.
● Summit XGM2-2xf option card: Adds one or two 10-gigabit XFP modules to a Summit X350 series,
X450a series or X450e series switch.
● XGM2-2sf option card: Adds one or two 10-Gigabit SFP+ modules to a Summit X350 series, X450a
series, or X450e series switch.
● XGM2-2bt option card: adds one or two fixed 10GBASE-T ports to a Summit X350 series, X450a
series, or X450e series switch.

These option cards are installed in an option slot on the rear panel of compatible switches. The option
slot is covered by a blank panel if the option card is not installed.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 195

 Summit Option Cards

Safety Information

CAUTION
Pluggable optical modules may become very hot after prolonged use. Take care when removing a pluggable optical
module from the option card. If the pluggable optical module is too hot to touch, disengage the module and allow it
to cool before removing it completely.

Before installing a Summit option card into your network:

● Read the latest installation and safety information in this chapter and the section specific to the optic
type you are installing.
● See Appendix A, “Safety Information,” for additional safety information and Appendix B, “Technical
Specifications,” for additional information regarding regulatory compliance certifications.

WARNING!
When working with laser optic modules, always take the following precautions to prevent exposure to hazardous
radiation:
● Never look at the transmit LED/laser through a magnifying device while it is powered on.
● Never look directly at a fiber port on the switch or at the ends of a fiber cable when they are powered on.
● Invisible laser radiation can occur when the connectors are open. Avoid direct eye exposure to the beam
when optic connections are unplugged.
● Never alter, modify, or change an optic device in any way other than suggested in this document.

Summit XGM-2xn Option Card

The Summit XGM-2xn option card allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules to the
following switches:
● Summit X450-24x switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.2.0 (or later)
● Summit X450-24t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.2.0 (or later)

The Summit XGM-2xn option card is compatible with the following 10-gigabit XENPAK modules:
● SR XENPAK module, operating in the 850 nm range
● LR XENPAK module, operating in the 1310 nm range
● ER XENPAK module, operating in the 1550 nm range
● ZR XENPAK module, operating in the 1550 nm range
● LX-4 XENPAK module, operating in the 1269-1355 nm range

For more information about these XENPAK modules, refer to the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce
Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Guide .

NOTE
The ExtremeXOS software also recognizes standards-based CX-4 XENPAKs; contact your CX-4 module vendor to
obtain these.

196 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Mixing ZR XENPAKs with Other Types
Table 31 lists the supported combinations of XENPAK types using ZR XENPAKs in a Summit X450
series switch. You can either install one ZR XENPAK and leave one slot empty or install one ZR
XENPAK and one SR XENPAK; the Summit X450 series switch does not support any other XENPAK
combinations when a ZR XENPAK module is installed. You must put the specified modules in the
specified slots, as shown in Table 31, for the switch to discover the ZR XENPAK correctly.
.

Table 31: Summit X450 ZR XENPAK Combinations

Left Slot Right Slot
ZR XENPAK Empty
ZR XENPAK SR XENPAK

Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card

The Summit XGM2-2xn option card allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XENPAK modules to the
following switches:
● Summit X450a-24t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450a-24tDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450a-24x switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)
● Summit X450a-24xDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)
● Summit X450a-48t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450e-24p switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450e-48p switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)

The Summit XGM2-2xn option card is compatible with the following 10-gigabit XENPAK modules:
● SR XENPAK module, operating in the 850 nm range
● LR XENPAK module, operating in the 1310 nm range
● ER XENPAK module, operating in the 1550 nm range
● ZR XENPAK module, operating in the 1550 nm range
● LX-4 XENPAK module, operating in the 1269-1355 nm range
● LW XENPAK module, operating in the 1310 nm range

Figure 167 shows the Summit XGM2-2xn option card.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 197

 Summit Option Cards

Figure 167: Summit XGM2-2xn Option Card

SH_010

NOTE
Refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules Installation Guide for more information about XENPAK
modules.

Standards-based CX-4 XENPAKs are also recognized by ExtremeXOS; contact your CX-4 module vendor to obtain
these.

Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card

The Summit XGM2-2xf option card allows you to add up to two 10-gigabit XFP modules to the
following switches:
● Summit X450a-24t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450a-24tDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450a-24x switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)
● Summit X450a-24xDC switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)
● Summit X450a-48t switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450e-24p switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.5.0 (or later)
● Summit X450e-48p switch, running ExtremeXOS 11.6.1 (or later)

The Summit XGM2-2xf option card is compatible with the following 10-gigabit XFP modules:
● LR XFP module
● SR XFP module

Figure 168 shows the Summit XGM2-2xf option card.

198 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 168: Summit XGM2-2xf Option Card

SH_011

NOTE
Refer to the Extreme Networks Pluggable Interface Modules Installation Guide for more information about XFP
modules.

Summit XGM2-2sf Option Card

The XGM2-2sf option card allows you to add one or two 10-Gigabit SFP+ modules to the following
switches:
● Summit X350 series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later
● Summit X450a series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later
● Summit X450e series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later
For current information about compatible SFP+ modules and the minimum required software, refer to
the most recent version of the Extre me XOS Re le a s e No te s .

Summit XGM2-2bt Option Card

The XGM2-2bt option card allows you to add two fixed 10GBASE-T ports to the following switches:
● Summit X350 series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later
● Summit X450a series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later
● Summit X450e series switch, running ExtremeXOS 12.2.1 or later

The 10GBASE-T standard (IEEE 802.3an) allows the use of standard CAT5E, CAT6, or CAT6A cable for
connection to the XGM2-2bt ports (see Table 32).

Table 32: Cable Distances for the XGM2-2bt Option Card

Cable Type Maximum Distance
CAT5E 55 meters
CAT6 75 meters
CAT6A 100 meters

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 199

 Summit Option Cards

Installing a Summit Port Option Card

CAUTION
Summit port option cards are not hot-swappable. Disconnect power to the switch before installing or removing a
Summit option card. After the Summit port option card is installed in a compatible switch, you can hot-swap
pluggable optical modules. Use only optical modules approved by Extreme Networks.

You need the following tools and equipment to install a Summit option card:
● ESD-preventive wrist strap
● # 1 Phillips screwdriver

CAUTION
Be sure that proper ESD controls are in use before switch maintenance is performed. This includes but is not
limited to wrist straps that are grounded to the switch chassis and earth grounds.

All Summit port option cards are installed the same way. The instructions in this section apply to all
option cards for the Summit X350, X450a, and X450e series switches.

To install the Summit port option card:

1 Disconnect the AC power and any redundant power supply from the Summit switch.
2 Attach the ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to the equipment
rack.
3 Remove the screws holding the filler panel over the option slot on the back of the switch
(Figure 169). Remove the filler panel and set it aside. Save the screws for re-use.

Figure 169: Option Slot Filler Panel

Filler Panel
ES4K041

4 Align the sheet metal edges on the option card with the card guides in the switch housing. Carefully
slide the option card into the switch housing until the connectors engage and the card is flush with
the back panel of the switch (Figure 170).

200 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 170: Installing a Summit Port Option Card (XGM-2xn Shown)

Summit Option
Card
ES4K042

5 Using the screws from the cover plate, secure the option card to the back panel of the switch.

For information about installing or replacing the pluggable optical modules in the Summit option card,
refer to the Extre me Ne two rks Plugga ble Inte rfa ce Mo dule s Ins ta lla tio n Ma nua l.

NOTE
If you install only one pluggable optical module in the Summit option card, attach the appropriate cover plate or
dust cover over the remaining open optical module slot or cage.

Be sure that the switch option slot always has either an installed Summit option card or a faceplate over the
opening. An open slot could divert air from the switch and cause overheating.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 201

 Summit Option Cards

202 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

8 Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and
Summit X480 Series Switches
This chapter describes how to replace components in a Summit X650 series switch. This chapter
includes the following sections:
● Replacing a Summit X650 AC PSU on page 203
● Replacing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply on page 205
● Replacing a Summit X480/X650 Fan Module on page 210
● Replacing a Versatile Interface Module (VIM) on page 211

NOTE
Read the information in this chapter thoroughly before attempting to replace one of the listed Summit X650
components.

Replacing a Summit X650 AC PSU

In a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit X650 AC PSU without powering
down the switch.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit X650 AC PSU:

● ESD-preventive wrist strap

● Thermal protective gloves
● AC power cord, if you will not be re-using the cord from the removed power supply
An AC power cord is not included with the Summit X650 AC PSU. You must obtain a power supply
cord that meets the requirements listed under “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

To replace a Summit X650 AC PSU:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
grounding point.
2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet and from the PSU.
3 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the PSU internal
connectors (see Figure 171).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 203

 Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and Summit X480 Series Switches

Figure 171: Removing an AC PSU

SH_096

4 Carefully slide the PSU the rest of the way out of the switch.

CAUTION
Power supplies may become very hot during operation. Wear thermal protective gloves when you remove a power
supply from an operating switch.

NOTE
If you are not installing a replacement PSU, install a cover over the unoccupied power supply bay. Unoccupied bays
must always be covered to maintain proper system ventilation and EMI levels.

5 Verify that the replacement PSU is right side up, with the latching tab at the right of the unit
(see Figure 172).
6 Carefully slide the PSU all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 172). Push the PSU in until
the latch snaps into place.

Figure 172: Installing an AC PSU

SH_089

CAUTION
Do not slam the PSU into the switch.

7 Connect the power cord to the PSU and to a grounded AC power outlet.

WARNING!
Always be sure that the source outlet is properly grounded before plugging the AC power cord into the AC PSU.

204 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Replacing a Summit X650 DC Power Supply
In a redundant power configuration, you can replace one Summit X650 DC PSU without powering
down the switch.
You need the following tools and materials to replace a Summit X650 DC PSU:
● #1 Phillips screwdriver
● Torque screwdriver and wrench or torque driver with attachments for tightening screws and nuts
● ESD-preventive wrist strap
● Thermal protective gloves (required for removal of a PSU)

WARNING!
Be sure to disconnect all power cables before you disconnect the chassis ground wire.

Removing the PSU

To remove an installed Summit X650 DC PSU:
1 De-energize the DC circuit.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Disconnect the DC power cables as follows:
a Slide the cover off the terminal block.
b Loosen the screws that secure the cable terminals to the terminal block.
c Slide the wires out from under the captive washers.
4 Disconnect the ground wire as follows:
a Remove the screw that secures the ground wire to the PSU.
b Move the wire away from the PSU.
5 Push the latching tab to the left as you pull outward on the handle to disengage the PSU internal
connectors (see Figure 173).

Figure 173: Removing a DC PSU

SH_113

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 205

 Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and Summit X480 Series Switches

Installing the Replacement PSU

To install a replacement Summit X650 DC PSU:
1 Verify that the PSU is right side up (see Figure 174)
2 Carefully slide the PSU all the way into the power supply bay (see Figure 174). Push the PSU in until
the latch snaps into place.

CAUTION
Do not slam the PSU into the switch.

Figure 174: Installing a Summit X650 DC PSU

SH_107

Connecting the Ground Wire

To connect the ground wire to the Summit X650 DC PSU:
1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.
2 Identify the grounding point on the front panel of the PSU (see Figure 175).
3 Insert an M3.5 screw (provided) through the ring terminal and into the grounding point on the PSU.
4 Tighten the screw to 12.6 inch-pounds.
5 Connect the other end of the wire to a known reliable earth ground point at your site.

206 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 175: Connecting the Ground Wire

1 = Grounding point SH_108

2 = Ground wire

Connecting the DC Power Cables

To connect the DC power cables to the Summit X650 DC PSU:
1 Verify that the DC circuit is de-energized.
2 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your bare wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
3 Slide the cover off the terminal block (Figure 176).
4 Connect the DC power input cables as follows:
a On each terminal, loosen the screw enough to allow the spade terminal to slide underneath the
captive square washer.
b Slide the spade terminal of the negative wire (–48 V) under the captive square washer on the
negative terminal (labeled –48V).
c Slide the spade terminal of the positive wire (–48 V RTN) under the captive square washer on the
positive terminal (labeled RTN).

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 207

 Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and Summit X480 Series Switches

Figure 176: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 1)

RTN
-48V

(+)
(–)

SH_111

d Tighten both screws on the terminal block to 11 inch-pounds (Figure 178).

5 Slide the cover into place over the terminal block (Figure 178).

208 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 177: Connecting the DC Power Cables (Part 2)

RTN -48V

(+)
(–)

SH_112

6 Energize the DC circuit.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 209

 Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and Summit X480 Series Switches

Replacing a Summit X480/X650 Fan Module

The procedure for replacing a fan module is the same for either a Summit X480 series switch or a
Summit X650 series switch.

You need the following tools and equipment to replace a Summit X480/X650 series fan module:
● ESD-preventive wrist strap
● 1/2-inch flat-blade screwdriver

CAUTION
Be sure to finish the replacement procedure promptly. The switch may overheat if it is left without cooling for an
extended period.

To replace the fan module:

1 Completely loosen the captive retaining screws at the lower corners of the fan module (Figure 178).
2 Slide the fan module out of the switch and set it aside.

Figure 178: Removing a Fan Module (Summit X650 Series Switch Shown)

SH_090

3 Carefully slide the replacement fan module into the switch (Figure 179).

Figure 179: Installing a Fan Module (Summit X650 Series Switch Shown)

SH_091

4 Align and fully tighten the captive retaining screws.

210 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Replacing a Versatile Interface Module (VIM)
The procedure for replacing a VIM is the same for both the VIM1 module in the Summit X650 series
switch and the VIM2 module in the Summit X480 series switch.

NOTE
VIM1 modules must be installed in Summit X650 series switches, and VIM2 modules must be installed in Summit
X480 switches. A VIM1 or VIM2 module will not operate if it is installed in the wrong switch series.

You need the following tools and materials to replace a VIM1 or VIM2 module:
● ESD-preventive wrist strap
● #2 Phillips screwdriver

CAUTION
Summit VIM1 and VIM2 modules are not hot-swappable. Disconnect power to the switch before removing an
installed VIM1 or VIM2 module. After a VIM1 or VIM2 module is installed in a compatible switch, you can hot-swap
SFP and SFP+ modules. Use only SFP and SFP+ modules approved by Extreme Networks.

To replace a VIM1 or VIM2 module:

1 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and connect the metal end to an appropriate
ground point on the rack.
2 Disconnect the switch power.
3 Remove the installed VIM (Figure 180):
a Remove the retaining screws at the top corners of the module, and set the screws aside in a safe
place.
Save the retaining screws to secure the new module in the switch.
b Rotate the inserter/extractor levers downward to disconnect the internal module connectors.
c Carefully slide the module out of the switch and set it on an anti-static surface.

Figure 180: Removing a VIM (VIM1-SummitStack Module Shown)

SH_092

4 Remove the replacement VIM from its anti-static packaging.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 211

 Maintenance Procedures for Summit X650 and Summit X480 Series Switches

5 Install the replacement VIM in the switch (Figure 181):

a Make sure the inserter/ejector levers are rotated down.
b Carefully slide the module into the switch until the inserter/ejector levers begin to rotate upward.
c Simultaneously rotate both levers upward to seat the module internal connectors.
d Insert and tighten the retaining screws you removed earlier.

Figure 181: Installing a VIM1 Module (VIM1-SummitStack Module Shown)

SH_093

212 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

3 Appendices
A Safety Information

WARNING!
Read the following safety information thoroughly before installing Extreme Networks products. Failure to follow this
safety information can lead to personal injury or damage to the equipment.

Only trained service personnel should perform service to Extreme Networks switches and their
components. Trained service personnel have read all related installation manuals, have the technical
training and experience necessary to be aware of the hazards to which they are exposed in performing a
task, and are aware of measures to minimize the danger to themselves or other persons.

This appendix includes the following sections:

● Considerations Before Installing on page 215
● Installing External Power Supply Units on page 216
● Maintenance Safety on page 217
● General Safety Precautions on page 217
● Cable Routing for LAN Systems on page 217
● Selecting Power Supply Cords on page 218
● Battery Replacement and Disposal on page 219
● Fiber Optic Ports—Optical Safety on page 219

Considerations Before Installing

Consider the following items before installing equipment.
● The system is designed to operate in a typical environmentally controlled Telco environment. Choose
an indoor area that has the following characteristics:
■ Temperature- and humidity-controlled, such that the maximum ambient room temperature shall
not exceed 40ºC (104ºF)
■ Clean and free from airborne materials that can conduct electricity
■ Well ventilated and away from sources of heat including direct sunlight
■ Away from sources of vibration or physical shock
■ Isolated from strong electromagnetic fields produced by electrical devices
■ Secured, enclosed, and restricted-access, ensuring that only trained and qualified service
personnel have access to the equipment
● Establish at least 3 inches clearance on all sides for effective ventilation. Do not obstruct the air
intake vent on the front, side, or rear ventilation grills. Locate the system away from heat sources.
● Make sure that your equipment is placed in an area that accommodates the power consumption and
component heat dissipation specifications.
● Make sure that your power supplies meet the site power or AC power requirements of the all
network equipment.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 215

 Safety Information

Installing External Power Supply Units

For the ratings and power requirements of each power supply unit, see Appendix B, “Technical
Specifications” or the data sheet for the power supply at http://www.extremenetworks.com.

WARNING!
Be sure that the requirements listed in this section are satisfied when installing all Extreme Networks power
supplies.

When you install external power supplies:

● Plug power supplies only into properly grounded electrical outlets to help prevent electrical shock
and comply with international safety standards.
● Use only power cords that are certified for use within the country of use. Do not attempt to modify
AC power cords.
● Make sure the wall outlet is installed near the equipment and is easily accessible for quick
disconnect.
● Make sure the voltage and frequency of your power outlet match the system electrical ratings for the
equipment. The building and/or power source must provide overload protection.
● Use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply to protect the system from
momentary increases or decreases in electrical power.
● When inserting a power supply into the bay, do not use excessive force.
● If multiple power supplies are used with a switch, connect each power supply to a different,
independent power source. If a single power source fails, it will affect only that power supply to
which it is connected. If all the power supplies on a single switch are connected to the same power
source, the entire switch is vulnerable to a power failure.

WARNING!
Wiring a DC power cord to your facility DC source voltage must be performed by a qualified, licensed electrician.

Extreme Networks AC external power supplies do not have switches for turning the unit on and off. Remove the wall
plug from the electrical outlet to disconnect the power from an Extreme Networks AC external power supply. Make
sure that this connection is easily accessible.

Do not connect an EPS-600LS power supply to an electrical outlet when the power supply is not installed in the
EPS-C chassis; doing so would expose a hazardous energy and poses a potential shock and fire hazard.

Do not put your hand into an open power supply bay when a power supply is not present. Empty power supply bays
require a cover plate at all times.

216 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Maintenance Safety
When you perform maintenance procedures on Extreme Networks equipment, follow these
recommendations:
● Use only original accessories or components approved for use with this system. Failure to follow
these instructions may damage the equipment or violate required safety and EMC regulations.
● The chassis cover should only be removed by Extreme Networks personnel. This system contains no
customer serviceable components. Repairs to the system must be performed by an Extreme
Networks factory service technician.
● In systems that have power-on buttons, the power on button may not turn off all system power. To
remove power from the system, you must unplug all power cords from wall outlets. The power cord
is the disconnect device to the main power source.
● Disconnect all power cords before working near power supplies, unless otherwise instructed by a
maintenance procedure.
● Replace a power cord immediately if it shows any signs of damage.
● When you work with optical devices, power supplies, or other modular accessories, put on an ESD-
preventive wrist strap to reduce the risk of electronic damage to the equipment. Connect the other
end of the strap to an appropriate grounding point on the equipment rack. Leave the ESD-preventive
wrist strap permanently attached to the equipment rack so that it is always available when you need
to handle ESD-sensitive components.
● Install all cables in a manner that avoids strain. Use tie wraps or other strain relief devices.

General Safety Precautions

Follow these guidelines:
● Do not try to lift objects that you think are too heavy for you.
● When you install equipment in a rack, load heavier devices in the lower half of the rack first to
avoid making the rack top-heavy.
● For Summit desktop equipment installations, do not place a monitor or other objects on top of the
equipment. The chassis cover is not designed to support weight.
● Only use tools and equipment that are in perfect condition. Do not use equipment with visible
damage.
● Route cables in a manner that prevents possible damage to the cables and avoids causing accidents,
such as tripping.

Cable Routing for LAN Systems

The Summit family switches meet the requirements for LAN system equipment. LAN systems are
designed only for intra-building installations; that is, cable runs between devices must be in the same
building as the connected units.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 217

 Safety Information

This equipment can be connected between buildings if any one of the following conditions is true:
● Cable runs between buildings are less then 140 feet long.
● Cable runs between buildings are directly buried.
● Cable runs between buildings are in an underground conduit, where a continuous metallic cable
shield or a continuous metallic conduit containing the cable is bonded to each building grounding
electrode system.

CAUTION
Failure follow these requirements for cable routing conditions may expose the user to electrical shock and expose
the unit to errors or damage.

WARNING!
The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed
wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically
connected to interfaces that connect to the outside plant (OSP) or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use
as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require
isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to
connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

PoE Devices
When connecting power over Ethernet (PoE) devices to a PoE switch, all connections between the PoE
device and the switch must remain inside the same building and use a low-voltage power distribution
system per IEEE 802.3af.

Selecting Power Supply Cords

Extreme Networks does not include power input cords in the product box. To purchase a power cord
for your product and for your specific country, contact your local Extreme Networks Channel Account
Manager or Sales Manager, or purchase a cord from your local supplier.

To locate a Sales Manager or Partner in your region visit:

http://www.extremenetworks.com/how-to-buy/how-to-buy.aspx

The following are requirements for power cords used on AC-powered Summit family switches and
compatible external power supplies:
● The power cord must be agency-certified for the country of use.
● The power cord must have an IEC320-C13 connector for connection to the switch or external power
supply.
● The power cord must have an appropriately rated and approved wall plug applicable to the country
of installation.
● For cords up to 6 feet (2 m) long, the wire size must be 18 AWG (.75 mm2) minimum; over 6 feet, the
minimum wire size is 16 AWG (1.0 mm2).

218 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 WARNING!
When using multiple power supplies, make sure that each power supply is attached to an independent circuit
breaker. See the installation instructions for the power supply for proper sizing of circuit breaker.

Make sure that the source outlet is properly grounded according to the country’s local electrical requirements before
plugging the AC supply power cord into a power supply.

For specific product input power requirements refer to the data sheet of the product or modular power supply at
http://www.extremenetworks.com or to Appendix B of this guide.

NOTE
This equipment is not intended to be directly powered by power distribution systems where phase-phase voltages
exceed 240V AC (2P+PE), such as those used in Norway, France, and other countries. For these applications it is
recommended that a transformer be used to step down the voltage to < 240V AC from phase-phase, or that you
make a connection to a (P+N+PE) power distribution where voltages do not exceed 240V AC.

All installations should confirm that the product is reliably grounded according to the country’s local electrical
codes.

NOTE
Building codes vary worldwide; therefore, Extreme Networks strongly recommends that you consult an electrical
contractor to ensure proper equipment grounding and power distribution for your specific installation & country.

Battery Replacement and Disposal

Batteries included with Extreme products are encapsulated and must be replaced by qualified Extreme
Service personnel only. Contact your Extreme Service personnel for product replacement. Do not
attempt to replace the battery. If these instructions are disregarded and replacement of these batteries is
attempted, the following guidelines must be followed to avoid danger of explosion:
● Replace with the same or equivalent battery type as recommended by the battery manufacturer.
● Dispose of the battery in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s recommendation.

Fiber Optic Ports—Optical Safety

The following safety warnings apply to all optical devices used in Extreme Networks equipment that
are removable or directly installed in an I/O module or chassis system. Such devices include but are not
limited to gigabit interface converters (GBICs), small form factor pluggable (SFP) modules (or mini-
GBICs), XENPAK transceivers, and XFP laser optic modules.

WARNING!
Laser optic modules become very hot after prolonged use. Be careful when removing a laser optic module from the
chassis or option card. If the laser optic module is too hot to touch, disengage the laser optic module and allow it to
cool before removing it completely.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 219

 Safety Information

WARNING!
When working with laser optic modules, always take the following precautions to avoid exposure to hazardous
radiation.
● Never look at the transmit LED/laser through a magnifying device while it is powered on.
● Never look directly at a fiber port on the switch or at the ends of a fiber cable when they are powered on.
● Invisible laser radiation can occur when the connectors are open. Avoid direct eye exposure to the beam
when optical connections are unplugged.
● Never alter, modify, or change an optical device in any way other than suggested in this document.

SFP (Mini-GBIC), XENPAK, and XFP Regulatory Compliance

Extreme Networks pluggable optical modules meet the following regulatory requirements:
● Class 1 Laser Product
● EN60825-1+A2:2001 or later, European laser standard
● FCC 21 CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J in accordance with FDA & CDRH requirements
● Application of CE Mark in accordance with 89/336/EEC EMC and 73/23/EEC Low Voltage
Directives
● UL and/or CSA registered component for North America
● 47 CFR Part 15, Class A when installed into Extreme products

NOTE
Extreme Networks optical modules are tested to work in all supported Extreme Networks switches. We recommend
that all customers use Extreme Networks optical modules in their Extreme Networks switches. Extreme Networks
assumes no liability for third-party optical modules. Although Extreme Networks does not block third-party optical
modules, we cannot ensure that all third-party optical modules operate properly in all Extreme Networks switches.
The customer assumes all risks associated with using third-party optical modules in Extreme Networks switches.

220 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Sicherheitshinweise

WARNUNG!
Vor der Installation der Produkte von Extreme Networks sind die nachfolgenden Sicherheitshinweise aufmerksam zu
lesen. Die Nichtbeachtung dieser Sicherheitshinweise kann zu Verletzungen oder Schäden an der Ausrüstung führen.

Installation, Wartung und Ausbau eines Switch, einer Grundplatte oder einer seiner Komponenten
dürfen nur von geschultem und qualifiziertem Servicepersonal durchgeführt werden! Geschulte und
qualifizierte Servicetechniker verfügen über die erforderliche technische Ausbildung und Erfahrung, um
mögliche Gefahren bei der Durchführung von Servicearbeiten zu erkennen und Maßnahmen zur
Minimierung der Gefahr für sich bzw. andere zu treffen.

Hinweise zur Installation

WARNUNG!
Beachten Sie vor der Installation der Ausrüstung folgende Punkte.

Stellen Sie sicher, dass die nachfolgend aufgeführten Bedingungen erfüllt sind:
● Das System ist für den Einsatz in einer typischen Umgebung gemäß Telco-Vorgaben vorgesehen.
Wählen Sie einen Aufstellort mit den folgenden Eigenschaften:
■ Innenbereich mit Temperatur- und Feuchtigkeitsregelung, wobei die maximale Raumtemperatur
40°C (104ºF) nicht überschreiten darf.
■ Sauber und frei von elektrisch aufladbaren Teilchen in der Luft.
■ Ausreichende Belüftung und Abstand zu Wärmequellen, einschließlich direktem Sonnenlicht
■ Ausreichender Abstand zu Quellen, die Erschütterungen oder Schläge/Stöße hervorrufen können
■ Isolierung von starken elektromagnetischen Feldern, wie sie durch Elektrogeräte erzeugt werden
■ Sicherer, abgeschlossener Arbeitsbereich mit beschränktem Zugang, sodass nur geschultes und
qualifiziertes Servicepersonal Zugriff auf das Gerät hat
■ Die Ausrüstung im unteren Teil des Gestells installieren, um zu vermeiden, dass der obere Teil
des Gestells zu schwer wird.
● In für elektrische Stürme anfälligen Gebieten wird empfohlen, das System an einen
Spannungsstoßunterdrücker anzuschließen.
● Auf allen Seiten für mindestens 7,5 cm (3") Abstand sorgen, um eine ausreichende Belüftung zu
gewährleisten. Die Lufteinlassöffnung an den vorderen, seitlichen und hinteren Entlüftungsgittern
nicht blockieren. Das System nicht in der Nähe von Wärmequellen aufstellen.
● Sicherstellen, dass die Ausrüstung in einem Bereich aufgestellt wird, der den Spezifikationen für
Leistungsaufnahme und Wärmeabstrahlung der Komponenten entspricht.
● Sicherstellen, dass Ihre Netzteile die Anforderungen an die Strom- oder Wechselstromversorgung
vor Ort für alle Netzwerkgeräte erfüllen.
● Bei den Extreme-Produkten handelt es sich um digitale Geräte der Klasse A gemäß Teil 15 der FCC-
Richtlinien und anderen internationalen Richtlinien. Der Gerätebetrieb unterliegt den folgenden
Voraussetzungen: (1) Das Gerät kann schädliche Interferenzen verursachen, und (2) das Gerät muss

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 221

 Safety Information

jede empfangene Interferenz zulassen, einschließlich einer Interferenz, die einen unerwünschten
Betrieb verursachen kann.

Installation von Netzteilen

WARNUNG!
Bei der Installation sämtlicher Netzteile von Extreme Networks muss sichergestellt werden, dass die nachfolgend
aufgeführten Anforderungen erfüllt sind. Angaben zu Nennleistung und Leistungsbedarf finden sich in den
Installationsanweisungen für das jeweilige Netzteil (Power Supply Unit, PSU).

Folgende Anforderungen müssen unbedingt erfüllt sein:

● Wenn der mit Wechsel- oder Gleichstrom betriebene Switch von Extreme Networks mit einem
externen grünen/gelben Erdungskabel ausgestattet ist, dann muss zunächst dieses Erdungskabel
zwischen der Grundplatte und einem geeigneten Erdungspunkt angeschlossen werden, bevor andere
Verbindungen zum Gerät hergestellt werden; dies gilt auch für den Anschluss an das Wechsel- bzw.
Gleichstromnetz. Beim Ausbau des Geräts aus dem Gestell muss das Erdungskabel als letztes
getrennt werden.
● Netzteile nur an vorschriftsmäßig geerdete Steckdosen anschließen, um die Gefahr elektrischer
Schläge zu vermeiden und die Konformität mit internationalen Sicherheitsnormen zu gewährleisten.
● Nur Stromkabel verwenden, die für den Einsatz in dem jeweiligen Land zugelassen sind.
Wechselstromkabel dürfen nicht manipuliert werden.
● Die Wandsteckdose muss in der Nähe der Anlage installiert und leicht zugänglich sein, um eine
schnelle Trennung vom Netz zu ermöglichen.
● Spannung und Frequenz der Steckdose müssen den elektrischen Nenndaten des Systems
entsprechen. Das Gebäude bzw. die Stromquelle muss mit einem Überlastschutz ausgestattet sein.
● Einen Spannungsstoßunterdrücker, einen Netzfilter oder eine unterbrechungsfreie Stromversorgung
verwenden, um das System vor einer vorübergehenden Zu- oder Abnahme der elektrischen Leistung
zu schützen.
● Bei laufendem Betrieb austauschbare Netzteile: Das Netzteil vorsichtig, nicht mit Kraft in das
Aufnahmefach einsetzen.
● Bei Einsatz mehrer Netzteile in einem Switch sind die Netzteile jeweils an unterschiedliche,
unabhängige Stromquellen anzuschließen. Auf diese Weise ist bei einem Ausfall einer einzelnen
Stromquelle nur das daran angeschlossene Netzteil betroffen. Wenn alle Netzteile eines einzelnen
Switch an dieselbe Stromquelle angeschlossen sind, ist der gesamte Switch für einen Ausfall der
Stromversorgung anfällig.

Leistungsspezifikationen für Netzteile von Extreme Networks finden sich in Anhang B dieses
Dokuments oder im Netzteil-Datenblatt unter http://www.extremenetworks.com.

WARNUNG!
Die 325 W DC-Netzteile von Extreme Networks sind nicht mit Ein-/Ausschaltern ausgestattet. Vor dem Einstecken
des Gleichstromkabels in den Gleichstromanschluss des 325 W DC-Netzteils von Extreme Networks sowie vor dem
Abziehen des Kabels sicherstellen, dass der Gleichstromkreis abgeschaltet ist.

Das Gleichstromkabel des 325 W DC-Netzteils muss von einem qualifizierten, zugelassenen Elektriker an die
Gleichspannungsquelle in Ihrem Gebäude angeschlossen werden.

Extreme Networks 325 W AC Netzteile haben keinen An- Aus Schalter. Die Stromzufuhr zu einem Extreme Networks

222 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

325 W AC Netzteil wird durch das Ziehen des Netzkabels unterbrochen. Es ist sicherzustellen das diese Verbindung
leicht zugänglich ist.

Das Netzteil nicht ausserhalb von dem Gehäuse an das Netz anschliessen da hierdurch gefährliche Spannungen
zugänglich werden sowie die Gefahr von einem elektrischem Schlag und/ oder Feuergefahr besteht.

Nicht die Hand in den Netzteilschacht einführen wenn das Netzteil entfernt ist. Leere Netzteilschächte müssen
immer mit eine Abdeckplatte bedeckt sein.

Wartungssicherheit
Folgende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen müssen getroffen werden:
● Nur für den Einsatz mit diesem System zugelassene Originalzubehörteile bzw. -komponenten
verwenden. Die Nichtbeachtung dieser Anweisungen kann zu Schäden an der Ausrüstung oder
sogar zu einem Verstoß gegen die erforderlichen Sicherheitsbestimmungen und EMV-Vorschriften
führen.
● Die Abdeckung der Grundplatte darf nur durch Personal von Extreme Networks entfernt werden.
Das System enthält keine vom Kunden zu wartenden Komponenten. Reparaturen am System sind
von einem Werkstechniker von Extreme Networks durchzuführen.
● Der An-/Aus-Schalter des Systems darf nicht die gesamte Stromversorgung zum System
unterbrechen. Zur Unterbrechung der Wechselstromversorgung zum System müssen alle Stromkabel
aus den Wandsteckdosen gezogen werden. Das Stromkabel dient zur Trennung von der
Netzstromversorgung.
● Vor dem Entfernen der Rückwand eines Extreme Networks-Switch muss die gesamte Stromzufuhr
unterbrochen werden.
● Vor der Aufnahme von Arbeiten in der Nähe von Stromquellen alle Stromkabel abziehen, sofern
nicht im Rahmen eines Wartungsverfahrens anders vorgegeben.
● Beim Umgang mit Modulen, optischen Geräten, Netzteilen oder anderen modularen Zubehörteilen
das ESD-Schutzarmband anlegen, um das Risiko einer Beschädigung der Geräte durch
elektrostatische Entladungen zu verringern. Das Armband zum Schutz elektrostatisch gefährdeter
Bauteile (ESB) grundsätzlich an der Grundplatte befestigt lassen, damit es beim Umgang mit diesen
Bauteilen immer zur Hand ist.
● Alle Kabel so verlegen, dass übermäßige Belastungen vermieden werden. Kabelbinder oder
Zugentlastungsklemmen verwenden.
● Ein Stromkabel bei Anzeichen von Beschädigungen unverzüglich austauschen.

Allgemeine Sicherheitsvorkehrungen
Folgende Richtlinien sind unbedingt zu befolgen:
● Keine Gegenstände heben, die möglicherweise zu schwer sind.
● Bei einer Installation in einem Gestell darauf achten, dass schwere Geräte unten im Gestell eingebaut
werden, um Gefahren durch Umkippen zu vermeiden.
● Bei Summit Desktop-Switches keinen Monitor oder andere Gegenstände auf die Anlage stellen. Die
Abdeckung der Grundplatte ist nicht darauf ausgelegt, Gewicht zu tragen.
● Nur Werkzeuge und Ausrüstung verwenden, die sich in einwandfreiem Zustand befinden. Keine
Ausrüstung verwenden, die sichtbare Beschädigungen aufweist.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 223

 Safety Information

● Verlegen von Kabeln: Kabel so verlegen, dass keine Schäden entstehen oder Unfälle, z. B. durch
Stolpern, verursacht werden können.

Auswahl der Stromkabel

Je nachdem, welchen Switch Sie erworben haben, werden die Wechselstromnetzteile von Extreme
Networks entweder nur mit einem 110-VAC-Kabel oder mit einem 110-VAC-Kabel und einem 208/220-
VAC-Kabel geliefert. Die von Extreme Networks gelieferten Stromkabel sind nur für den Einsatz in den
Vereinigten Staaten und Kanada ausgelegt und zugelassen. Stromkabel für den Einsatz außerhalb der
Vereinigten Staaten und Kanada werden normalerweise von einem Drittanbieter geliefert und müssen
die folgenden Anforderungen erfüllen:
● Die Stromkabel müssen offiziell für das Land zugelassen sein, in dem sie verwendet werden sollen.
● Die Stromkabel müssen mit einem für das Einsatzland zugelassenen Wandsteckkontakt mit der
geeigneten Nennleistung ausgerüstet sein.
● Die Konfiguration der Steckvorrichtung (die Steckverbindung zur Einheit, nicht zur Wandsteckdose)
muss für eine Gerätesteckdose gemäß EN60320/IEC320-C14 ausgeführt sein.
● Die Länge der Stromkabel muss weniger als 5 m (15 Fuß) betragen.
● Die Mindestspezifikation für das flexible Kabel lautet:
■ Nr. 18 AWG (0,823 mm2) für Einheiten mit einem Bemessungsstrom von weniger als 10 A,
oder
■ Nr. 18 AWG (0,823 mm2) bis 2 m Länge für Einheiten mit einem Bemessungsstrom von 10 A
oder höher, oder
■ Nr. 16 AWG (1,0 mm2) bis 5 m Länge für Einheiten mit einem Bemessungsstrom von 10 A
oder höher
● Bei allen Kabeln muss es sich um 3-adrige Kupferleiter vom Typ SVT oder SJT, HAR oder einen
äquivalenten Typ handeln.

Verwenden Sie immer ein Wechselstromkabel, das den Vorschriften Ihres Landes entspricht. Erkundigen
Sie sich über die örtlichen Vorschriften für Elektroinstallationen und fragen Sie bei den zuständigen
Aufsichtsbehörden nach den Anforderungen an Stromkabel. Nähere Angaben zu den
Leistungsspezifikationen von Netzteilen finden sich unter http://www.extremenetworks.com oder in
Anhang B dieses Dokuments.

WARNUNG!
Vor dem Anschließen des Wechselstromkabels an ein Netzteil muss sichergestellt werden, dass die Steckdose
vorschriftsgemäß geerdet ist.

Für die unten aufgeführten Länder gelten zusätzlich folgende Anforderungen:

● Argentinien: Der Netzstecker muss den argentinischen Standards entsprechen.
● Australien: Versorgungssteckdose, 15 A Minimum, AS 3112 für 110/220-VAC-Netzteile
● Dänemark: Der Netzstecker muss die in Abschnitt 107-2-D1 der Norm DK2-1a oder DK2-5a
aufgeführten Bestimmungen erfüllen.

224 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

● Japan:
■ Versorgungssteckdose, 15 A, JIS 8303 für 110/220-VAC-Netzteile.
■ Das mit dem Netzteil, dem Switch oder der Grundplatte gelieferte Verbindungskabel ist nur
für den Einsatz mit dem spezifischen Produkt von Extreme Networks vorgesehen und darf
nicht mit anderen Geräten von Extreme Networks oder anderen Anbietern verwendet werden.
● Nordamerika: Versorgungssteckdose, 15 A, NEMA 5-15 für 110-VAC-Netzteile und NEMA L6-15P
für 208/220-VAC-Netzteile
● Schweiz: Der Netzstecker muss der Richtlinie SEV/ASE 1011 entsprechen.
● Großbritannien: Versorgungssteckdose, 15 A, BS 1363 für 110/220-VAC-Netzteile
● International: Versorgungssteckdose, 15 A, CEE 7/7 für 110/220-VAC-Netzteile
● Nur Frankreich und Peru:
Diese Einheit kann nicht über IT†-Netzteile mit Strom versorgt werden. Wenn Ihre Netzteile vom
Typ IT sind, muss dieses Gerät mit 230 V (2P+T) unter Verwendung eines Trenntrafos mit einem
Verhältnis von 1:1 versorgt werden. Der zweite Anschlusspunkt muss als neutral definiert und direkt
an die Erde angeschlossen werden.

Hinweis: Die Bauvorschriften sind weltweit verschieden; Extreme Networks empfiehlt daher
ausdrücklich, einen Elektroinstallateur zu beauftragen, um die sachgemäße Geräteerdung und
Stromverteilung für Ihre spezifische Installation sicherzustellen.

Austauschen und Entsorgen von Batterien

Im Umgang mit Batterien sind folgende Hinweise zu beachten:
● Austauschen der Lithium-Batterie: Die in diesem Gerät enthaltenen Batterien können nicht vom
Anwender ausgetauscht werden. Wenden Sie sich für einen Austausch des kompletten Gerätes bitte
an die Servicemitarbeiter von Extreme. Sollte der Versuch eines Austausches unternommen werden,
sind zur Vermeidung einer Explosionsgefahr folgende Richtlinien zu beachten:
a Die Batterie nur durch eine identische oder eine gleichwertige, vom Hersteller empfohlene
Batterie ersetzen.
b Die Batterie gemäß den Empfehlungen des Herstellers entsorgen.

Lichtleiteranschlüsse: Optische Sicherheit

WARNUNG!
Beim Umgang mit Lichtleitermodulen sind folgende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen zu beachten:

● Niemals durch ein Vergrößerungsgerät auf die übertragende LED/den Laser schauen, wenn diese(r)
eingeschaltet ist.
● Niemals direkt auf einen Lichtleiteranschluss am Switch oder auf die Enden eines Faserkabels schauen,
wenn diese eingeschaltet sind.
● Bei offenen Anschlüssen kann es zu unsichtbarer Laserstrahlung kommen. Direkter Augenkontakt mit dem
Strahl ist zu vermeiden.
● Ein optisches Gerät niemals auf andere Weise verändern oder modifizieren als in diesem Dokument
angegeben.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 225

 Safety Information

Einhaltung behördlicher Vorschriften durch SFP (Mini-GBIC), XENPAK und XFP

● Laserprodukt der Klasse 1
● EN60825-1+A2:2001 oder jünger, Europäische Richtlinie für Lasersysteme
● Anwendung der CE-Kennzeichnung gemäß der Richtlinien 89/336/EWG EMV und 73/23/EWG für
Niederspannungsgeräte

226 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

B Technical Specifications

This appendix includes the following specifications for Summit switch series and related components:
● Summit X150 Series Switches on page 227
● Summit X250e Series Switches on page 231
● Summit X350 Series Switches on page 237
● Summit X450 Series Switches on page 240
● Summit X450a Series Switches on page 242
● Summit X450e Series Switches on page 246
● Summit X480 Series Switches on page 249
● Summit X480 Power Supplies on page 253
● Summit X650 Series Switches on page 255
● Summit X650 Power Supplies on page 260
● Summit External Power Supplies on page 261
● Console Connector Pinouts on page 266

NOTE
In this appendix, all references to specific switch model numbers also apply to the equivalent TAA-compliant switch
versions.

Summit X150 Series Switches

The Summit X150 series includes the following switches:
● Summit X150-24t switch
● Summit X150-24p switch
● Summit X150-48t switch

Table 33: Summit X150 Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X150-24t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X150-24p switch Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 12.13 inches (30.8 cm)
Summit X150-48t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 15.28 inches (38.8 cm)
Weight
Summit X150-24t switch 12.01 lb (5.46 kg)
Summit X150-24p switch 14.9 lb (6.8 kg)
Summit X150-48t switch 15.1 lb (6.9 kg)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 227

 Technical Specifications

Table 33: Summit X150 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Packaged Dimensions
Summit X150-24t switch Height: 12.6 inches (32 cm)
Summit X150-24p switch Width: 23.6 inches (60 cm)
Depth: 18.5 inches (47 cm)
Summit X150-48t switch Height: 12.2 inches (31 cm)
Width: 22.8 inches (58 cm)
Depth: 22 inches (56 cm)
Packaged Weight
Summit X150-24t switch 13.2 lb (6.0 kg)
Summit X150-24p switch 14.9 lb (6.8 kg)
Summit X150-48t switch 15.1 lb (6.9 kg)
Summit X150-24t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Input current 0.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 83%
Heat dissipation (BTU) 122.8
Heat dissipation (Watts) 36
Power consumption (BTU) 122.8
Power consumption (Watts) 36
Summit X150-24p Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.25 A
Input current 4.4 A @ 115 V (low-line)
2.2 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 81%
Heat dissipation (BTU) 204.7
Heat dissipation (Watts) 60
Power consumption (BTU) 1706

228 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 33: Summit X150 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Power consumption (Watts) 500
Summit X150-48t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Input current 0.6 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.3 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 83%
Heat dissipation (BTU) 170.6
Heat dissipation (Watts) 50
Power consumption (BTU) 170.6
Power consumption (Watts) 50
Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod.
RMS, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 229

 Technical Specifications

Table 33: Summit X150 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)
IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Environmental Data
Environmental Standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Humidity: 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 MHz @ 1.5g rms
Storage & transportation conditions Temperature: –40° C to 70° C (–40° F to 158° F)
(packaged) Humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.
from 20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42" (<15 kg box)
Acoustic noise (in dBA per ISO 7779) Summit X150-24t:45 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)
Summit X150-24p:44 (high fan speed)
39 (low fan speed)
Summit X150-48t:47 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)

230 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X250e Series Switches
The Summit X250e series includes the following switches:
● Summit X250e-24t switch
● Summit X250e-24tDC switch
● Summit X250e-24p switch
● Summit X250e-24x switch
● Summit X250e-24xDC switch
● Summit X250e-48t switch
● Summit X250e-48tDC switch
● Summit X250e-48p switch

Table 34: Summit X250e Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X250e-24t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X250e-24tDC switch Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Summit X250e-24p switch Depth: 12.13 inches (30.8 cm)
Summit X250e-24x switch
Summit X250e-24xDC switch
Summit X250e-48t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X250e-48tDC Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Summit X250e-48p switch Depth: 15.28 inches (38.8 cm)

Weight
Summit X250e-24t switch 12.01 lb (5.46 kg)
Summit X250e-24tDC 9.99 lb (4.49 kg)
Summit X250e-24p switch 14.9 lb (6.8 kg)
Summit X250e-24x 10.21 lb (4.64 kg)
Summit X250e-24xDC 9.97 lb (4.53 kg)
Summit X250e-48t switch 15.1 lb (6.9 kg)
Summit X250e-48tDC switch 12.14 lb (5.52 kg)
Summit X250e-48p switch 17.0 lb (7.7 kg)

Packaged Dimensions
Summit X250e-24t switch Height: 12.6 inches (32 cm)
Summit X250e-24tDC switch Width: 23.6 inches (60 cm)
Summit X250e-24p switch Depth: 18.5 inches (47 cm)
Summit X250e-24x switch
Summit X250e-24xDC switch
Summit X250e-48t switch Height: 12.2 inches (31 cm)
Summit X250e-48tDC switch Width: 22.8 inches (58 cm)
Summit X250e-48p switch Depth: 22 inches (56 cm)
Packaged Weight
Summit X250e-24t switch 13.2 lb (6.0 kg)
Summit X250e-24x switch
Summit X250e-24tDC switch 13.1 lb (6.0 kg)
Summit X250e-24xDC switch 13.2 lb (6.0 kg)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 231

 Technical Specifications

Table 34: Summit X250e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Summit X250e-24p switch 14.9 lb (6.8 kg)
Summit X250e-48t switch 15.1 lb (6.9 kg)
Summit X250e-48tDC switch 15.5 lb (7.0 kg)
Summit X250e-48p switch 17.0 lb (7.7 kg)
Summit X250e-24t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Input current 0.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 83%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 36
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr)) 122.8
Power consumption (Watts) 36
Power consumption (BTU/hr)) 122.8
Summit X250e-24p Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.25 A
Input current 4.4 A @ 115 V (low-line)
2.2 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 81%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 60
Heat dissipation (BTU/hrs) 204.7
Power consumption (Watts) 500
Power consumption (BTU/hrs) 1706
Summit X250e-24x Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

232 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 34: Summit X250e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Input current 0.6 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.3 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 80%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 46
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr) 157
Power consumption (Watts) 46
Power consumption (BTU/hr) 157

Summit X250e-24xDC Power

Operational voltage range -40 to -57.6 V
Nominal input ratings -48 V , 2.0 A
Input current 1.25 A at -40 V (low-line)
0.75 A at -57.6 V (high-line)
Inrush current 20 A at 48 V
30 A at 72 V
Power supply cord type DC
Power supply input socket TYCO 206061-1
Power cord input plug TYCO 206060-1
Power cord wall plug None provided
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)
Efficiency 83%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 42
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr) 143.3
Power consumption (Watts) 42
Power consumption (BTU/hr) 143.3

Summit X250e-24tDC Power

Operational voltage range -40 to -57.6 V
Nominal input ratings -48 V , 2.0 A
Input current 0.8 A at -40 V (low-line)
0.5 A at -57.6 V (high-line)
Inrush current 20 A at 48 V, 30 A at 72 V
Power supply cord type DC
Power supply input socket TYCO 206061-1
Power cord input plug TYCO 206060-1
Power cord wall plug None provided
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 233

 Technical Specifications

Table 34: Summit X250e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Efficiency 78%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 31
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr) 105.8
Power consumption (Watts) 31
Power consumption (BTU/hr) 105.8
Summit X250e-48t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Input current 0.6 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.3 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 83%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 50
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr) 170.6
Power consumption (Watts) 50
Power consumption (BTU/hr) 170.6

Summit X250e-48p Power

Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.5 A
Input current 4.5 A @ 115 V (low-line)
2.25 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 78%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 75
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr) 255.9
Power consumption (Watts) 525
Power consumption (BTU/hr) 1791.4

234 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 34: Summit X250e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Summit X250e-48tDC Power
Operational voltage range -40 to -57.6 V
Nominal input ratings -48 V , 2.0 A
Input current 1.25 A at -40 V (low-line)
0.75 A at -57.6 V (high-line)
Inrush current 20 A @ 48 V, 30 A @ 72 V
Power supply cord type DC
Power supply input socket TYCO 206061-1
Power cord input plug TYCO 206060-1
Power cord wall plug None provided
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)
Efficiency 78%
Heat dissipation (Watts) 47
Heat dissipation (BTU/hr) 160.4
Power consumption (Watts) 47
Power consumption (BTU/hr) 160.4

Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)

EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod.
RMS, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 235

 Technical Specifications

Table 34: Summit X250e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (South Korea)

ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)

Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)

IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Environmental Data
Environmental Standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Humidity: 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz @ 1.5g rms
Storage & transportation conditions Storage temperature: –40° C to 85° C (–40° F to 185° F)
(packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.
from 20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42" (<15 kg box)
Acoustic noise (in dBA per ISO 7779) Summit X250e-24t:45 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-24p:44 (high fan speed)
39 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-24x:42 (high fan speed)
35 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-24xDC:45 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-24tDC:45 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-48t:47 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-48p:46 (high fan speed)
39 (low fan speed)
Summit X250e-48tDC:47 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)

236 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X350 Series Switches
The Summit X350 series includes the following switches:
● Summit X350-24t
● Summit X350-48t

Table 35: Summit X350 Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X350-24t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 15.3 inches (38.9cm)
Summit X350-48t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 17.0 inches (43.2 cm)
Weight
Summit X350-24t switch 13.75 lb (6.24 kg)
Summit X350-48t switch 15.75 lb (7.14 kg)
Packaged Dimensions
Summit X350-24t switch Height: 5.9 inches (15 cm)
Summit X350-48t switch Width: 22.4 inches (57cm)
Depth: 21.7 inches (55 cm)
Packaged Weight
Summit X350-24t switch 18.7 lb (8.5 kg)
Summit X350-48t switch 20.4 lb (9.3kg)
Summit X350-24t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Input current 0.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.4A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) (up to 6 feet or 2 meters)
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 77%
Heat dissipation (BTU) 255.9
Heat dissipation (Watts) 75
Power consumption (BTU) 255.9
Power consumption (Watts) 75
Summit X350-48t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 237

 Technical Specifications

Table 35: Summit X350 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Input current 1.45 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.65 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 81%
Heat dissipation (BTU) 392.4
Heat dissipation (Watts) 115
Power consumption (BTU) 170.6
Power consumption (Watts) 392.4
Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod.
RMS, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C
Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)

238 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 35: Summit X350 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Environmental Data
Environmental Standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Humidity: 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 MHz @ 1.5g rms
Storage & transportation conditions Storage temperature: –40° C to 70° C (–40° F to 158° F)
(packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct. from
20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42" (<15 kg box)
Acoustic noise (in dBA per ISO 7779) Summit X150-24t:45 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)
Summit X150-24p:44 (high fan speed)
39 (low fan speed)
Summit X150-48t:47 (high fan speed)
37 (low fan speed)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 239

 Technical Specifications

Summit X450 Series Switches

The Summit X450 series includes the following switches:
● Summit X450-24t switch
● Summit X450-24x switch

Table 36: Summit X450 Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X450-24t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X450-24x switch Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 16.38 inches (41.6 cm)
Weight
Summit X450-24t switch 14 lb (6.35 kg)
Summit X450-24x switch 13.8 lb (6.26 kg)
Power
Summit switch Auto-ranging 100 V to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Min voltage/associated current 1.5 A at 100 V
Max voltage/associated current 1 A at 240 V AC
Line frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Heat dissipation, Watts/BTU 160 W/546 BTU/hr
Power supply cord selection Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
NOM/NYCE (Mexico)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV, 4kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C

240 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 36: Summit X450 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (South Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)
Environmental Data
Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range 0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)
Humidity:10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3g), 11ms, 18 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz @ 1.5 g rms
Storage & transportation Transportation temperature: –40° C to 70° C (–40° F to 158° F)
conditions (packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 100 m/s2 (6 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 200 Hz @ 1.0 ASD (1m2/s2),
w/–3 dB/octave
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 36" (<15 kg box)
Acoustic Sound (Summit X450-24t and SummitX450-24x)
Sound power in accordance with Sound power: 61 dBA per ISO 7779
EN 300 753 (10-1997) Declared sound power: 6.3 belsA per ISO 7779 & ISO 9296
Sound pressure in accordance Bystander sound pressure: 49 dBA rear @ 0.6m
with NEBS GR-63 Issue 2

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 241

 Technical Specifications

Summit X450a Series Switches

The Summit X450a series includes the following switches:
● Summit X450a-24t switch
● Summit X450a-24tDC switch
● Summit X450a-24x switch
● Summit X450a-24xDC switch
● Summit X450a-48t switch

Table 37: Summit X450a Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X450a-24t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X450a-24tDC switch Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Summit X450a-24x switch Depth: 15.30 inches (38.9 cm)
Summit X450a-24xDC switch
Summit X450a-48t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X450a-48tDC switch Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 17 inches (43.2 cm)
Weight
Summit X450a-24t switch 13.75 lb (6.24 kg)
Summit X450a-24tDC switch 12.25 lb (5.57 kg)
Summit X450a-24x switch 13 lb (5.9 kg)
Summit X450a-24xDC switch 12.50 lb (5.67 kg)
Summit X450a-48t switch 15.75 lb (7.14 kg)
Summit X450a-48tDC switch 14.25 lb (6.50 kg)
Packaged Dimensions
Summit X450a-24t switch Height: 5.9 inches (15 cm)
Summit X450a-24tDC switch Width: 22.4 inches (57 cm)
Summit X450a-24x switch Depth: 21.7 inches (55 cm)
Summit X450a-24xDC switch
Summit X450a-48t switch
Summit X450a-48tDC switch
Packaged Weight
Summit X450a-24t switch 18.7 lb (8.5 kg)
Summit X450a-24tDC switch 16.8 lb (7.7 kg)
Summit X450a-24x switch 18.7 lb (8.5 kg)
Summit X450a-24xDC switch 16.8 lb (7.7 kg)
Summit X450a-48t switch 20.4 lb (9.3 kg)
Summit X450a-48tDC switch 17.75 lb (8.0 kg)
Summit X450a-24t Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Input current 1.0 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.5 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC

242 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 37: Summit X450a Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Heat dissipation, Watts/BTU 100 W/341.2 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts/BTU 100 W/341.2 BTU/hr
Summit X450a-24tDC Power
Operational voltage range –36 to –72 V
Nominal input ratings –48 V , 2.0 A
Nominal input current 2.0 A @ -36 V (low-line)
1.0 A @ -72 V (high-line)
Inrush current 20 A @ 48 V, 30 A @ 72 V
Power supply cord type DC
Power supply input socket TYCO PN 206061-1
Power cord input plug TYCO PN 206060-1
Power cord wall plug None provided
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 75 W, 368.5 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 75 W, 368.5 BTU/hr
Summit X450a-48t Power & Acoustic Sound
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A
Nominal input current 1.45 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.65 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 160 W, 511.8 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 160 W, 511.8 BTU/hr
Summit X450a-48tDC Power
Operational voltage range –36 to –72 V
Nominal input voltage –48 V , 4.5 A
Input current 4.0 A @ –36 V DC (low-line)
2.0 A @ –72 V DC (high-line)
Inrush current 29 A @ 48 V, 30 A @ 72 V
Input wire harness Extreme part number 250088
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)
Power cord input plug TYCO PN 206060-1

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 243

 Technical Specifications

Table 37: Summit X450a Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Power supply input socket TYCO PN 206061-1
Summit X450a-24x Power & Acoustic Sound
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 1.0 A
Nominal input current 1.0 A @ 115 V (low-line)
0.5 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 98 W, 334.4 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 98 W, 334.4 BTU/hr
Summit X450a-24xDC Power
Operational voltage range –36 to –72 V
Nominal input ratings –48 V , 2.5 A
Input current 2.5 A @ -36 V (low-line)
1.25 A @ -72 V (high-line)
Power supply cord type DC
Power supply input socket TYCO PN 206061-1
Power cord input plug TYCO PN 206060-1
Power cord wall plug None provided
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 98 W, 334.4 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 98 W, 334.4 BTU/hr
Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive

244 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 37: Summit X450a Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod.
RMS, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C
Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (South Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)
IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Environmental Data
Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Humidity: 10% to 93% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz @ 1.5 g rms
Storage & transportation conditions Transportation temperature: -40° C to 70° C (-40° F to 158° F)
(packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.
from 20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42" (<15 kg box)
Sound power in accordance with EN Sound power: 62 dBA per ISO 7779
300 753 (10-1997)
Declared sound power: 6.4 belsA per ISO 7779 & ISO 9296
Summit X450a-24t and X450a-48t
Bystander sound pressure in Bystander sound pressure: 54 dBA right side @ 0.6m
accordance with NEBS GR-63 Issue 2
Summit X450a-24t and X450a-48t

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 245

 Technical Specifications

Summit X450e Series Switches

The Summit X450e series includes the following switches:
● Summit X450e-24p switch
● Summit X450e-48p switch

Table 38: Summit X450e Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X450e-24p switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 15.30 inches (38.9 cm)
Summit X450e-48p switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 17 inches (43.2 cm)
Weight
Summit X450e-24p switch 14 lb (6.35 kg)
Summit X450e-48p switch 16.25 lb (7.4 kg)
Packaged Dimensions
Summit X450e-24p switch Height: 5.9 inches (15 cm)
Summit X450e-48p switch Width: 22.4 inches (57 cm)
Depth: 21.7 inches (55 cm)
Packaged Weight
Summit X450e-24p switch 18.9 lb (8.6 kg)
Summit X450e-48p switch 21 lb (9.6 kg)
Summit X450e-24p Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 5.25 A
Input current 4.25 A @ 115 V (low-line)
2.0 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 120 W, 409.5 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 500 W, 1706.1 BTU/hr
Summit X450e-48p Power
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 6 A
Nominal input current 5.25 A @ 115 V (low-line)
2.5 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 230 V

246 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 38: Summit X450e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Heat dissipation, Watts/BTU 180 W/614.2 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts/BTU 603 W/2057.5 BTU/hr
Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod.
RMS, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C
Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (South Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)
IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Environmental Data
Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 247

 Technical Specifications

Table 38: Summit X450e Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Humidity: 10% to 93% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz @ 1.5 g rms
Storage & transportation conditions Transportation temperature: -40° C to 70° C (-40° F to 158° F)
(packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.
from 20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42"(<15kg box)

248 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X480 Series Switches
The Summit X480 series includes the following switches:
● Summit X480-24x switch
● Summit X480-48x switch
● Summit X480-48t switch

Table 39: Summit X480 Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X480-24x switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X480-48x switch Width: 17.4 inches (44.1 cm)
Summit X480-48t switch Depth: 19.0 inches (48.3 cm)
VIM2-SummitStack module Height: 1.7 inches (4.3 cm)
VIM2-10G4X module Width: 5.2 inches (13.2 cm)
Depth: 9.9 inches (25.2 cm)
Summit X480 fan module Height: 1.7 inches (4.3 cm)
Width: 5.2 inches (13.2 cm)
Depth: 9.9 inches (25.2 cm)
Weight
Summit X480-24x switch 20.9 lb (9.5 kg)
Summit X480-48x switch 22.7 lb (10.3 kg)
Summit X480-48t switch 21.2 lb (9.6 kg)
NOTE: Switch weights include installed fan module. They do not include installed VIM2 modules or PSUs.
VIM2-SummitStack module 2.03 lb (0.92 kg)
VIM2-10G4X module 2.76 lb (1.25 kg)
Summit X480 fan module 0.45 lb (0.99 kg)
Packaged Dimensions
Summit X480-24x switch Height: 6.5 inches (16.5 cm)
Summit X480-48x switch Width: 23.4 inches (59.3 cm)
Summit X480-48t switch
Depth: 26.2 inches (66.5 cm)
Packaged Weight
Summit X480-24x switch 20.94 lb (9.5 kg)
Summit X480-48x switch 22.7 lb (10.3 kg)
Summit X480-48t switch 21.2 lb (9.6 kg)
VIM2-SummitStack module 2.0 lb (0.92 kg)
VIM2-10G4X module 2.75 lb (1.25 kg)
Summit X480 fan module 1.27 lb (0.58 kg)
Fan Speed
Minimum speed 4500 RPM
Maximum speed 18000 RPM
Power: Summit X480-24x
Summit X480-24x with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A
Input current 2.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)
0.9 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 195 W, 663 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 195 W, 663 BTU/hr

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 249

 Technical Specifications

Table 39: Summit X480 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A
Input current 2.01 A @ 100 V (low-line)
0.88 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 200 W, 680 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 200 W, 680 BTU/hr
Summit X480-24x with VIM2-10G4X Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.5 A
Input current 2.4 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.1 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 241 W, 823 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 241 W, 823 BTU/hr
Summit X480-24x with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 7.5 A
Input current 3.25 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.6 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 156 W, 532 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 156 W, 532 BTU/hr
Summit X480-24x with VIM2-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 7.5 A
Input current 3.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.7 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 161 W, 550 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 161 W, 550 BTU/hr
Summit X480-24x with VIM2-10G4X Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 7.5 A
Input current 5.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)
4.2 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 246 W, 839 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 246 W, 839 BTU/hr
Power: Summit X480-48x
Summit X480-48x with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A
Input current 2.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)
0.9 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 200 W, 675 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 200 W, 675 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48x with VIM2-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A
Input current 2.01 A @ 100 V (low-line)
0.89 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 203 W, 692 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 203 W, 692 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48x with VIM2-10G4X Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.0 A

250 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 39: Summit X480 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Input current 2.3 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.0 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 227 W, 774 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 227 W, 774 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48x with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 8.0 A
Input current 3.3 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.6 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 158 W, 540 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 158 W, 540 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48x with VIM2-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 8.0 A
Input current 3.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.7 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 163 W, 556 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 163 W, 556 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48x with VIM2-10G4X Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 8.0 A
Input current 5.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)
4.4 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 246 W, 839 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 246 W, 839 BTU/hr
Power: Summit X480-48t
Summit X480-48t with No Installed VIM (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A
Input current 1.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)
0.8 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 182 W, 622 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 182 W, 622 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A
Input current 1.89 A @ 100 V (low-line)
0.84 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 187 W, 639 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 187 W, 639 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48t with VIM2-10G4X Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A
Input current 2.34 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.0 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 232 W, 793 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 232 W, 793 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48t with No Installed VIM (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 7.0 A
Input current 3.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.4 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 148 W, 503 BTU/hr

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 251

 Technical Specifications

Table 39: Summit X480 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Power consumption, Watts, BTU 148 W, 503 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48t with VIM2-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 7.0 A
Input current 3.24 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.5 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 153 W, 520 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 153 W, 520 BTU/hr
Summit X480-48t with VIM2-10G4X Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 V , 7.0 A
Input current 3.1 A @ 48 V (low-line)
2.4 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 148 W, 503 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 148 W, 503 BTU/hr
Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2 #60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2006
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
2006/95/EC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2006 + National Differences
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:2006 Class A
EN 55024:A2-2003 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11
EN 61000-3-2,8-2006 (Harmonics)
EN 61000-3-3 1995+A2:2005 (Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386 v1.3.3, 2005-04 (EMC Telecommunications)
2004/108/EC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22: 2006 Ed 5.2, Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:A2:2003 Class A (International Immunity)
EC/EN 61000-4-2:2001 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15 kV Air,
Criteria A
EC/EN 61000-4-3:2006 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria
EC/EN 61000-4-4:2005 Transient Burst, 1 kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5:2005 Surge, 2 kV L-L, 2 kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6:2005 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80 MHz, 10V/m
unmod. RMS, Criteria A
EC/EN 61000-4-11:2004 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C
Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
ACMA (C-Tick) (Australia Emissions)
CCC Mark
KCC Mark, EMC Approval (Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)
IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

252 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 39: Summit X480 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Environmental Data
Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 45° C (32° F to 113° F)
Humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz at 1.5 G rms
Storage & transportation conditions Transportation temperature: -40° C to 70° C (-40° F to 158° F)
(packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz at velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz at 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz at 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.
from 20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides and corners at 42 inches (<15 kg box)

Summit X480 Power Supplies

The following two Summit X480 power supplies are available for use in the Summit X480 series
switches:
● Summit X480 AC PSU
● Summit X480 DC PSU

Table 40: Summit X480 AC PSU (Model 10917)

For use with the Summit X480-24x, X480-48x, and Summit X480-48t switches
Physical Specifications
Dimensions Height: 1.57 inches (4.0 cm)
Width: 4.8 inches (12.3 cm)
Depth: 13.31 Inches (33.8 cm)
Weight 3.64 lb (1.65 kg)
Power Specifications
Voltage input range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 8 A
Nominal input current at full loads 12 A @ 90 V (low-line)
5 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Maximum inrush current 15 A
Output 12 V , 37 A max, 450 Watts
3.3 V , 3 A max, 9.9 Watts
Maximum continuous DC output shall not exceed 450 Watts.
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 253

 Technical Specifications

Table 40: Summit X480 AC PSU (Model 10917) (Continued)

Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 84% typical at full load, high line
Environmental Specifications
Operating temperature 0°C to 45°C (normal operation)
Storage temperature -40°C to 70°C
Operating humidity 20% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing
Operational shock 30 m/s2 (3g)

Table 41: Summit X480 DC PSU (Model 10918)

For use with the Summit X480-24x, X480-48x, and X480-48t switches
Physical Specifications
Dimensions Height: 1.57 inches (4.0 cm)
Width: 4.8 inches (12.3 cm)
Depth: 13.31 Inches (33.8 cm)
Weight 3.22 lb (1.46 kg)
Power Specifications
Nominal Input –48 to –60 V , 24 A
DC Voltage Input Range –40 to –75 V
Maximum Input Amperages 13.5 A @ 40 V
11.2 A @ 48 V
7.5 A @ 72 V
Inrush Current 10 A peak
Inrush Energy 1.5 A2S
Minimum wire size 14 AWG (1.5 mm2) copper stranded
DC Output 12 V , 36.7 A/3.3 V , 3.0 A
DC Output Power (W) 450 W
Environmental Specifications
Operating temperature 0°C to 45°C (normal operation)
Storage temperature -40°C to 70°C
Operating humidity 20% to 90% relative humidity, non-condensing
Operational shock 30 m/s2 (3g)

254 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit X650 Series Switches
The Summit X650 series includes the following switches:
● Summit X650-24t switch
● Summit X650-24x switch

Table 42: Summit X650 Series Switch Technical Specifications

Physical Dimensions
Summit X650-24t switch Height: 1.73 inches (4.4 cm)
Summit X650-24x switch Width: 17.35 inches (44.1 cm)
Depth: 15.30 inches (38.9 cm)
Weight
Summit X650-24t switch 50.7 lb (23 kg)
Summit X650-24x switch 46.1 lb (20.9 kg)
Packaged Dimensions
Summit X650-24t switch Height: 5.9 inches (15 cm)
Summit X650-24x switch Width: 22.4 inches (57 cm)
Depth: 21.7 inches (55 cm)
Packaged Weight
Summit X650-24t switch 52.9 lb (24 kg)
Summit X650-24x switch 48.3 lb (21.9 kg)
Fan Speed
Minimum speed 4500 RPM
Maximum speed 18000 RPM
Power: Summit X650-24t (Manufacturing part number 800246-00)
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A
Input current 6.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)
2.9 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 689 W, 2,351 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 689 W, 2,351 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-10G8X Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A
Input current 7.8 A @ 100 V (low-line)
3.8 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 780 W, 2,661 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 780 W, 2,661 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack512 Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A
Input current 8.0 A @ 100 V (low-line)
3.8 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 798 W, 2,723 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 798 W, 2,723 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V , 24 A
Input current 12.8 A @ 48 V (low-line)
10.6 A @ 60 V (high-line)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 255

 Technical Specifications

Table 42: Summit X650 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 617 W, 2,105 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 617 W, 2,105 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-10G8X Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V , 24 A
Input current 14.6 A @ 48 V (low-line)
12.3 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 701 W, 2,393 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 701 W, 2,393 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack512 Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V , 24 A
Input current 14.8 A @ 48 V (low-line)
12.5 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 708 W, 2,416 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 708 W, 2,416 BTU/hr
Power: Summit X650-24t (Manufacturing part number 800320-00)
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A
Input current 4.6 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.6 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 463 W, 1,580 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 463 W, 1,580 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-10G8X Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A
Input current 5.5 A @ 100 V (low-line)
2.5 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 552 W, 1,884 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 552 W, 1,884 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack512 Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 8.0 A
Input current 5.7 A @ 100 V (low-line)
2.7 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 565 W, 1,928 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 565 W, 1.928 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V , 24 A
Input current 8.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)
7.1 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 418 W, 1,426 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 418 W, 1,426 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-10G8X Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V , 24 A
Input current 10.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)
8.8 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 500 W, 1,706 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 500 W, 1,706 BTU/hr

256 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 42: Summit X650 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Summit X650-24t with VIM1-SummitStack512 Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V , 24 A
Input current 10.4 A @ 48 V (low-line)
8.8 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 501 W, 1,709 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 501 W, 1,709 BTU/hr
Power: Summit X650-24x with VIM1-SummitStack Module (all manufacturing part numbers)
Summit X650-24x with VIM1-SummitStack Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A
Input current 2.9 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.2 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 291 W, 992 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 291 W, 992 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24x with VIM1-10G8X Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A
Input current 3.7 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.5 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 371 W, 1,402 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 371 W, 1,402 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24x with VIM1-SummitStack512 Module (AC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50/60 Hz, 4.75 A
Input current 3.8 A @ 100 V (low-line)
1.6 A @ 240 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 383 W, 1,307 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 383 W, 1,307 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24x with VIM1-SummitStack Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V ,9A
Input current 5.9 A @ 48 V (low-line)
4.8 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 287 W, 979 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 287 W, 979 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24x with VIM1-10G8X Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V ,9A
Input current 7.5 A @ 48 V (low-line)
6.1 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 364 W, 1,242 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 364 W, 1,242 BTU/hr
Summit X650-24x with VIM1-SummitStack512 Module (DC Power Supply)
Nominal input ratings 48 to 60 V ,9A
Input current 7.7 A @ 48 V (low-line)
6.2 A @ 60 V (high-line)
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU 372 W, 1,269 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU 372 W, 1,269 BTU/hr

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 257

 Technical Specifications

Table 42: Summit X650 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)

Safety Standards
North American Safety of ITE UL 60950-1:2003 1st Ed., Listed Device (US)
CSA 22.2#60950-1-03 1st Ed.(Canada)
Complies with FCC 21CFR 1040.10 (US Laser Safety)
CDRH Letter of Approval (US FDA Approval)
IEEE 802.3af 6-2003 Environment A for PoE Applications
European Safety of ITE EN 60950-1:2001+A11
EN 60825-1+A2:2001 (Lasers Safety)
TUV-R GS Mark by German Notified Body
73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
International Safety of ITE CB Report & Certificate per IEC 60950-1:2001 Country Deviations
AS/NZX 60950-1 (Australia /New Zealand)
EMI/EMC Standards
North America EMC for ITE FCC CFR 47 part 15 Class A (USA)
ICES-003 Class A (Canada)
European EMC standards EN 55022:1998 Class A
EN 55024:1998 Class A includes IEC 61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11
EN 61000-3-2,3 (Harmonics & Flicker)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
89/336/EEC EMC Directive
International EMC certifications CISPR 22:1997 Class A (International Emissions)
CISPR 24:1997 Class A (International Immunity)
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic Discharge, 8kV Contact, 15kV Air, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity 10V/m, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Transient Burst, 1kV, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Surge, 2kV L-L, 2kV L-G, Level 3, Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Conducted Immunity, 0.15-80MHz, 10V/m unmod. RMS,
Criteria A
IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Power Dips & Interruptions, >30%, 25 periods,
Criteria C
Country-specific VCCI Class A (Japan Emissions)
AS/NZS 3548 ACA (Australia Emissions)
CNS 13438:1997 Class A (BSMI-Taiwan)
MIC Mark, EMC Approval (South Korea)
ETSI EN 300 386:2001 (EMC Telecommunications)
Telecom Standards ETSI EN 300 019 (Environmental for Telecommunications)
IEEE 802.3 Media Access Standards IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE-T

Environmental Data
Environmental standards EN/ETSI 300 019-2-1 v2.1.2 - Class 1.2 Storage
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-2 v2.1.2 - Class 2.3 Transportation
EN/ETSI 300 019-2-3 v2.1.2 - Class 3.1e Operational
EN/ETSI 300 753 (1997-10) - Acoustic Noise
ASTM D3580 Random Vibration Unpackaged 1.5G
Operating conditions Temperature range: 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Humidity: 10% to 93% relative humidity, non-condensing
Altitude: 0 to 3,000 meters (9,850 feet)
Shock (half sine): 30 m/s2 (3 g), 11 ms, 60 shocks
Random vibration: 3 to 500 Hz @ 1.5 g rms

258 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 42: Summit X650 Series Switch Technical Specifications (Continued)
Storage & transportation conditions Transportation temperature: -40° C to 70° C (-40° F to 158° F)
(packaged) Storage and transportation humidity: 10% to 95% relative humidity,
non-condensing
Packaged shock (half sine): 180 m/s2 (18 g), 6 ms, 600 shocks
Packaged sine vibration: 5 to 62 Hz @ velocity 5 mm/s,
62 to 500 Hz @ 0.2 G
Packaged random vibration: 5 to 20 Hz @ 1.0 ASD w/–3 dB/oct.
from 20 to 200 Hz
14 drops minimum on sides & corners @ 42"(<15kg box)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 259

 Technical Specifications

Summit X650 Power Supplies

The Summit X650 power supplies can be used in the Summit X650-24t switch and the Summit X650-24x
switch.
Two Summit X650 power supplies are available:
● Summit X650 AC PSU
● Summit X650 DC PSU

Table 43: Summit X650 AC PSU (Model 10914)

For use with the Summit X650-24t and X650-24x switches
Voltage input range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A
Nominal input current at full loads 12 A @ 90 V (low-line)
5 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Maximum inrush current 100 A
Output 12 V , 70 A max, 840 Watts
3.3 V , 6 A max, 19.8 Watts
Maximum continuous DC output shall not exceed 850 Watts.
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 80% with 60% to 100% load

Table 44: Summit X650 DC PSU (Model 10915)

For use with the Summit X650-24t and X650-24x switches
Nominal Input –48 to –60 V
DC Voltage Input Range –39 to –72 V
Maximum Input Amperages 26 A @ 40 V
22 A @ 48 V
15 A @ 72 V
Minimum wire size 12 AWG (3.3 mm2) copper stranded
DC Output 12 V , 70 A/3.3 V ,6A
DC Output Power (W) 850 W
Operating temperature 0°C to 40°C (normal operation)
Short-term operation is permitted at –5°C to 0°C and 40°C to 50°C,
for no more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of not more than
15 days in 1 year.
Storage temperature -40°C to 85°C
Operating humidity 20% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing
Operational shock 30 m/s2 (3g)

260 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Summit External Power Supplies
The following external power supplies are available for use with Summit X159 series, X250e series, X450
series, X450a series, and X450e series switches:
● EPS-LD external power supply (Table 45)
● EPS-160 external power module (used with EPS-T chassis) (Table 46)
● EPS-500 external power supply (Table 48)
● EPS-600LS external power module (used with EPS-C chassis) (Table 49)
● EPS-150DC external power supply (used with EPS-T2 chassis) (Table 50)

Table 45: EPS-LD External Power Supply (Model 45019)

For use with the Summit X450a-24t and X450e-24p switches
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A
Input Current 6 A at 100 V , 2.5 A at 240 V
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Maximum inrush current 30 A at 115 V , 60 A at 230 V
Output -50 V , 7.5 A max, 375 Watts
12 V , 7.5 A max, 90 Watts
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency >75% at 100% load
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU/hr 123 W, 419.7 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU/hr 588 W, 2006.3 BTU/hr
Ambient operating temperature 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Maximum continuous DC output shall not exceed 465 Watts.

Table 46: EPS-160 External Power Module (Model 10907)

For use with the Summit X150-24t, X150-48t, X250e-24t, X250e-24x, X250e-48t, X450-24t,
and X450-24x switches
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 250 V, 4 to 2 A, 47 to 63 Hz
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Input current 2 A at 100 V
1 A at 240 V
Line frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Maximum inrush current 30 A at 115 V , 50 A at 230 V

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 261

 Technical Specifications

Table 46: EPS-160 External Power Module (Model 10907) (Continued)

Output 12 V , 11 A
5 V , 1.5 A
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power supply input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 80% at 100% load
Heat dissipation, Watts/BTU 38.5 W, 131.4 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU/hr 178 W, 607.4 BTU/hr
Ambient operating temperature 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

Table 47 shows the wire-to-pin connections for the connector on the rear panel of the EPS-160 power
supply.

Table 47: Pinouts for the Redundant Power Supply Connector

Connector Pin Number Wire Label Pin Number Wire Label
1 NC 8 RS+
1 7 2 GND 9 GND
3 GND 10 INT PG
4 GND 11 EXT_CON
5 GND 12 EXT_PG
8 14 6 +12 V 13 +5 V
ES4K028
7 +12 V 14 +12 V

Table 48: EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model 109110

For use with the Summit X150-24p, X250e-24p, X450a-24t, X450a-24x, X450a-48t, and X450e-24p switches
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100 to 240 V , 50 to 60 Hz, 10 A
Nominal input current 5.75 A @ 115 V (low-line)
2.80 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Maximum inrush current 30 A @ 115 V, 60 A @ 220 V
Output -50 V , 7.5 A max, 375 Watts
12 V , 10.5 A max, 126 Watts
Maximum continuous DC output shall not exceed 500 Watts.
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency >70% @ 100% load

262 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 48: EPS-500 External Power Supply (Model 109110
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU/hr 158 W, 539.1 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU/hr 659 W, 2248.6 BTU/hr
Ambient operating temperature 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 263

 Technical Specifications

Table 49: EPS-600LS External Power Module (Model 10913)

For use with the Summit X450e-48p and X250e-48p switches
Must be installed in the EPS-C chassis (Model 10912)
Operational voltage range 90 to 264 V
Nominal input ratings 100-250 V , 50-60 Hz, 10 A
Nominal input current 7 A @ 115 V (low-line)
3.5 A @ 230 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Maximum inrush current 17 A @ 115 V/60 Hz, maximum load
Output power 600 W
Power supply cord type AC
Power supply input socket IEC 320 C14
Power cord input plug IEC 320 C13
Power cord wall plug Refer to “Selecting Power Supply Cords” on page 218.
Power supply cord gauge 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) up to 6 feet or 2 meters
or
16 AWG (1.0 mm2) over 6 feet
Efficiency 85% nominal
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU/hr 219 W, 747.3 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU/hr 801 W, 2733.1 BTU/hr
Ambient operating temperature 0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)

Output Ratings for EPS-C chassis with 1, 2, or 3 installed EPS-600LS units

One EPS-600-LS unit 582 W output: –48 V/9 A (432 W), 12 V/12.5 A
Two EPS-600-LS units 1116 W output: –48 V/18 A (864 W), 12 V/21 A
Three EPS-600-LS units 1260 W output: –48 V/21 A (1008 W), 12 V/21 A

264 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Table 50: EPS-150DC External Power Module (Model 10909)
For use with the Summit X450a-24tDC and Summit X450a-24xDC switches
Operational voltage range –36 to –72 V
Nominal input ratings –36 to –72 V , 6 A maximum
Input current 5.5 A @ –36 V (low-line)
2.6 A @ –72 V (high-line)
Line frequency range 47 to 63 Hz
Inrush current 20 A @ 48 V, 40 A @ 72 V
Input wire harness Extreme part number 250088-00
Power supply input socket TYCO PN 206061-1
Power cord input plug TYCO PN 206060-1
Power cord wall plug None provided
Power supply cord gauge 14 AWG (2.0 mm2)
Input wire harness Extreme part number250088-00
Efficiency > 75% at 100% load
Heat dissipation, Watts, BTU/hr 45 W, 153.5 BTU/hr
Power consumption, Watts, BTU/hr 195 W, 665.4 BTU/hr
Ambient operating temperature 0° C to 40° C
Storage and transportation temperature –40° C to 70° C

Table 51 provides the wire-to-pin connection specifications for the DC wiring harness shipped with the
EPS-150DC power supply. Figure 182 shows the connector.

Table 51: Wire-to-Pin Connection Specifications

Pin Number Wire Color Circuit Connection
1 Green/yellow Chassis ground
2 Red Return
3 Black -48 V
4 unused

Figure 182: Three-wire Wiring Harness

EWUG005

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 265

 Technical Specifications

Console Connector Pinouts

This section provides connector pinouts for the console port and associated cables.

Table 52 describes the pinouts for a DB-9 console plug connector.

Table 52: Pinouts for the DB-9 Console Connector

Function Pin Number Direction
DCD (data carrier detect) 1 In
RXD (receive data) 2 In
TXD (transmit data) 3 Out
DTR (data terminal ready) 4 Out
GND (ground) 5 -
DSR (data set ready) 6 In
RTS (request to send) 7 Out
CTS (clear to send) 8 In

Figure 183 shows the pinouts for a 9-pin to 25-pin (RS-232) null-modem cable.

Figure 183: Null-Modem Cable Pinouts

Switch PC/Terminal
Cable connector: 9-pin female Cable connector: 25-pin male/female
Screen Shell 1 Screen
TxD 3 3 RxD
RxD 2 2 TxD
Ground 5 7 Ground
RTS 7 4 RTS
CTS 8 20 DTR
DSR 6 5 CTS
DCD 1 6 DSR
DTR 4 8 DCD 25pin

266 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

Figure 184 shows the pinouts for a 9-pin to 9-pin (PC-AT) null-modem serial cable.

Figure 184: PC-AT Serial Null-modem Cable Pinouts

Switch PC/Terminal
Cable connector: 9-pin female Cable connector: 25-pin male/female
Screen Shell 1 Screen
TxD 3 3 RxD
RxD 2 2 TxD
Ground 5 7 Ground
RTS 7 4 RTS
CTS 8 20 DTR
DSR 6 5 CTS
DCD 1 6 DSR
DTR 4 8 DCD 25pin

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 267

 Technical Specifications

268 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Index

Numerics DC wiring harness, 265

null-modem cable, 266
10GBASE-T ports, 169 null-modem serial cable, 267
redundant power connector, 262
A console port
in a stacked configuration, 118
amperage, calculating for UPS, 94 settings, 170
ANSI standards, 95 Summit X150 series, 17
automatic failover, setting up, 16 Summit X250e series, 22
Summit X350 series, 36
B Summit X450 series, 41
Summit X450a series, 41
bend radius, 89, 90
Summit X450e series, 41
BICSI standards, 88
Summit X480 series, 60
building codes, 84
Summit X650 series, 67
Building Industry Consulting Service
conventions, text, 10
International. See BICSI
bundling cable, 89
D
C DB-9 pinouts, 266
DC power, connecting
cable
EPS-150DC, 185
category 5, 89
Summit X650 DC PSU, 162
for 10GBASE-T ports, 169
DC wiring harness
installing
connecting to DC source, 185
fiber optic, 90
connecting to EPS-150DC, 186
recommendations, 89
specifications, 265
labeling, 89
DC-powered switches
SummitStack 128G, 109
removing, 126
SummitStack 128G/20G, 111
Summit X250e-24tDC, 24
SummitStack 128G/64G, 113
Summit X450a-24tDC, 47
SummitStack 40G, 108
Summit X450a-48tDC, 52
SummitStack 64G, 115
design standards, 95
SummitStack 64G/20G, 117
dual 10-Gigabit uplinks
types and distances, 91
in Summit X450 switches, 41
cable connections, 169
installing, 195
cable management, 109
cable slack, 89
cabling standards E
ANSI, 95 electrical codes, 84
BICSI, 88 electrostatic discharge. See ESD
category 5 cable, 89 environmental requirements
combination ports, 16 building codes, 84
commercial building standards, 95 electrical codes, 84
connecting fiber optic cable, 170 humidity, 86
connector jackets, RJ-45, 92 temperature, 85
connector pinouts wiring closet, 85
DB-9 console connector, 266 EPS-150DC power supply

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 269

 Index

features, 76 fiber optic cable

installing, 183 bend radius, 90
specifications, 265 connections, 170
with Summit X250e-24tDC switch, 24 first switch login, 171
with Summit X450a-24tDC switch, 47
with Summit X450a-24xDC switch, 28, 50 G
with Summit X450a-48tDC switch, 31, 53
EPS-160 power supply grounding
features, 75 DC-powered switch, 123
installing, 174 racks, 87
specifications, 261 requirements, 95
with EPS-T, 75 Summit X650 DC PSU, 161
with Summit X450-24t switch, 43 wiring closet, 85
with Summit X450-24x switch, 44
EPS-500 power supply H
features, 76
humidity, 86
installing, 180
specifications, 262
with Summit X350-24t switch, 37 I
with Summit X350a-48t switch, 39 industry standards, 95
with Summit X450a-48t switch, 52 initial switch login, 171
with Summit X450e-24p switch, 55 installation
EPS-600LS power supply 10-gigabit uplinks, 195
features, 77 DC-powered switch, 122
installing, 189 Summit family switch, 120
specifications, 264 Summit X480 series switch, 127
with Summit X250e-48p switch, 32 Summit X650 AC power supply, 157
with Summit X450e-48p switch, 56 Summit X650 DC power supply, 158
EPS-C chassis (with EPS-600LS), 189 Summit X650 series switch, 149
EPS-LD power supply Summit XGM2-2xf option card, 198
features, 75 SummitStack configuration, 97
installing, 177 IP settings, configuring, 171
specifications, 261
with Summit X450a-24t switch, 46 L
with Summit X450a-24x switch, 49
with Summit X450e-24p switch, 55 labeling system for cables, 89
EPS-T2 (with EPS-150DC), 76, 183 labels, cable, 89
equipment rack LEDs
grounding, 87 EPS-150DC power supply, 188
mechanical recommendations, 87 EPS-160 power supply, 177, 180
mounting holes, 87 EPS-500 power supply, 183
securing, 88 stack number indicator, 66, 72
service access, 87 stacking port, 118
space requirements, 87 Summit X150 series switches, 21
ESD Summit X250e series switches, 34
discharge from cable, 89 Summit X350 switches, 40
system protection, 86 Summit X450 switches, 58
Summit X480 switches, 66
F Summit X650 switches, 72
local management connection, 170
Fan LED, Summit X450a series switches, 58 logging in to the switch, 171
fan specifications
Summit X480 series, 249
Summit X650 series, 255

270 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Index

M Summit X650 DC, 158

management port R
in a stacked configuration, 118
Summit X150 series switches, 17 rack installation
Summit X250e series switches, 22 EPS-500 power supply, 181
Summit X350 series switches, 36 EPS-C chassis, 190
Summit X450 switches, 41 EPS-LD power supply, 178
Summit X480 series switches, 60 EPS-T chassis, 175
Summit X650 series switches, 67 EPS-T2 chassis, 184
maximum cable distances, 91 Summit X480 switch, 127
Summit X650 switch, 149
N switch, 120
rack specifications
network interface connections, 169 grounding, 87
null-modem cable pinouts, 266 mechanical recommendations, 86, 87
mounting holes, 86, 87
O securing to floor, 88
space requirements, 87
operating environment requirements, 85 standards, 86
option cards radio frequency interference. See RF interference
XGM2-2xf, 198 redundant uplink ports, 16
XGM2-2xn, 197 related publications, 10
XGM-2bt, 199 removing
XGM-2sf, 199 EPS-150DC power supply, 188
XGM-2xn, 196 EPS-160 power supply, 177
EPS-600LS power module, 193
P EPS-LD power supply, 180
Summit switch, 122
PC-AT serial null-modem cable pinouts, 267
Summit X450a-48t switch, 126
physical layer problems, 92
Summit X480 fan module, 210
pinouts
Summit X650 AC PSU, 203
DB-9 console connector, 266
Summit X650 DC PSU, 205
DC wiring harness, 265
Summit X650 fan module, 210
null-modem cable, 266
Summit X650 series switch
PC-AT serial null-modem cable, 267
four-post rack (cabinet), 168
redundant power connector, 262
two-post rack, 166
plenum-rated cable, 90
VIM, 211
PoE devices, power requirements, 93
replacement
ports
Summit X650 AC PSU, 203
combination, 16
Summit X650 DC PSU, 205
console port settings, 170
requirements
power requirements
power cable, 218
PoE devices, 93
RF interference
power cable, 218
patch panel installation, 89
power supplies, 93
preventing, 92
power supply unit (PSU)
RJ-45 cable, 92
EPS-150DC, 76, 183, 265
rules for redundant uplink ports, 17
EPS-160, 75, 174, 261
EPS-500, 76, 180, 262
EPS-600LS, 77, 189, 264 S
EPS-LD, 75, 177, 261 safety requirements. See environmental
Summit X480 AC, 253 requirements
Summit X650, 254, 260 service access to the rack, 87
Summit X650 AC, 157, 260

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 271

 Index

signal quality and RF interference, 92 rack-mounting, 120

site planning process, 83 removing, 122
slack in cable, 89 See also specific series names
slot number in a stack, 98 XGM-2xn option card, 196
space requirements, rack, 87 Summit option cards
specifications types, 195
EPS-150DC power supply, 265 XGM2-2xf, 198
EPS-160 power supply, 261 XGM2-2xn, 197
EPS-500 power supply, 262 XGM-2bt, 199
EPS-600LS power supply, 264 XGM-2sf, 199
EPS-LD power supply, 261 XGM-2xn, 196
fan, 249, 255 Summit X150 series switches
Summit X150 series switches, 227 features, 17
Summit X250e series switch, 231 LEDs, 21
Summit X450 series switches, 240 specifications, 227
Summit X450a series switches, 242 Summit X150-24p switch, 19
Summit X450e series switches, 246 Summit X150-48t switch, 20
Summit X480 AC power supply, 253 Summit X210-24t switch, 18
Summit X480 series switches, 249 Summit X250e series switches
Summit X650 AC power supply, 260 features, 22
Summit X650 DC power supply, 254, 260 LEDs, 34
Summit X650 series switches, 255 specifications, 231
stack master, 100 Summit X250e-24p switch, 25
stacking Summit X250e-24t switch, 23
connecting cables Summit X250e-24tDC switch, 24
40G cables, 108 Summit X250e-24x switch, 26, 28
SummitStack 128G, 110 Summit X250e-48p switch, 32
SummitStack 128G/20G, 111 Summit X250e-48t switch, 29, 30
SummitStack 128G/64G, 114 Summit X350 series switches
SummitStack 64G, 116 features, 36
SummitStack 64G/20G, 117 LEDs, 40
connection order, 101 Summit X350-24t switch, 37
mixing stacking port types, 105 Summit X350-48t switch, 38
physical configuration examples, 101–107 Summit X450 series switches
redundancy, 98 features, 42
slot number, 98 LEDs, 58
top-of-rack, 105 specifications, 240
with Summit X480 or X650 series, 101 Summit X450-24t switch, 42
stacking LEDs, 66, 72 Summit X450-24x switch, 43
standards Summit X450a series switches
cabling, 88, 95 features, 45
commercial building, 95 LEDs, 58
grounding, 95 specifications, 242
Summit family switches Summit X450a-24t switch, 45
DC-powered, 126 Summit X450a-24tDC switch, 47
desktop mounting, 122 Summit X450a-24x switch, 48
installation summary, 120 Summit X450a-24xDC switch, 50
LEDs Summit X450a-48t switch, 51
Summit X150 series, 21 Summit X450a-48tDC switch, 52
Summit X250e series, 34 Summit X450a-48t switch, removing, 126
Summit X350 series, 40 Summit X450e series switches
Summit X450, 450a, 450e series, 58 features, 54
Summit X480 series, 66 LEDs, 58
Summit X650 series, 72 specifications, 246

272 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide

 Index

Summit X450e-24p switch, 54 external power supply, 174

Summit X450e-48p switch, 56 Summit option card, 200
Summit X480 AC power supply Summit switch, 121
specifications, 253 top-of-rack stacking configuration, 105
Summit X480 power supply Trade Agreements Act, 13
features, 79 transition time, UPS, 95
Summit X480 series switches
features, 60 U
in a stack, 101
LEDs, 66 unshielded twisted pair. See UTP
specifications, 249 uplink redundancy
Summit X650 AC power supply on Summit switches, 16
installation, 157 setting up, 16
specifications, 260 UPS (uninterruptible power supply), 94
Summit X650 DC power supply UTP cable
installation, 158 bend radius, 89
specifications, 254, 260 category 5, 89
Summit X650 power supply discharge ESD, 89
features, 80 RF interference, 92
Summit X650 series switches
features, 67 V
in a stack, 101
versatile interface module, 60, 67
LEDs, 72
VIM
specifications, 255
replacing, 211
Summit X650 24t switch, 68
VIM1-10G8X module, 70
Summit X650-24x switch, 69
VIM1-SummitStack module
Summit XGM2-2bt option card, 199
features, 70
Summit XGM2-2sf option card, 199
in a stack, 103
Summit XGM2-2xf option card, 198
VIM1-SummitStack512 module
Summit XGM2-2xn option card, 197
features, 71
Summit XGM-2xn option card, 196
using stacking ports, 107
SummitStack 128G cable, 100, 109
VIM2-10G4X module, 64
SummitStack 128G/20G cable, 111
VIM2-SummitStack module
SummitStack 128G/64G cable, 113
features, 64
SummitStack 64G cable, 115
in a stack, 104
SummitStack 64G/20G cable, 117
VIM2-SummitStack128 module, 65
SummitStack configuration, 97
switch, initial login, 171
W
T wiring closet
electrostatic discharge, 86
TAA. See Trade Agreements Act
floor coverings, 85
technical specifications
grounding, 85
Summit X150 series switches, 227
humidity, 86
Summit X250e series switch, 231
rack, securing, 88
Summit X450 series switches, 240
temperature, 85
Summit X450a series switches, 242
wiring terminals, 87
Summit X450e series switches, 246
Summit X480 series switches, 249
Summit X650 series switches, 255 X
Telco environment, 215 XENPAK modules, 196
temperature, wiring closet, 85 XGM2-2bt option card, 199
text conventions, 10 XGM2-2sf option card, 199
tools for installing equipment XGM2-2xf option card, 198

Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide 273

 Index

XGM2-2xn option card, 197

XGM-2xn option card, 196

274 Summit Family Switches Hardware Installation Guide